[gtkmm-documentation] Updated Slovenian translation

[Matej Urbančič <mateju src gnome org>]

commit 8011b9a85571198f9c3f28a6601c10605ceb282e
Author: Matej UrbanÄ?iÄ? <mateju svn gnome org>
Date:   Fri Oct 22 19:40:09 2010 +0200

    Updated Slovenian translation

 docs/tutorial/sl/sl.po |11479 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
 1 files changed, 11479 insertions(+), 0 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/docs/tutorial/sl/sl.po b/docs/tutorial/sl/sl.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..283d43e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/tutorial/sl/sl.po
@@ -0,0 +1,11479 @@
+# Slovenian translation for gtkmm-documentation.
+# Copyright (C) 2010 gtkmm-documentation's COPYRIGHT HOLDER
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the gtkmm-documentation package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: gtkmm-documentation master\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-18 11:27+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-18 11:27+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: Slovenian <gnome-si googlegroups com>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n%100==1 ? 1 : n%100==2 ? 2 : n%100==3 or n%100==4 ? 3 : 0) ;\n"
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:34(title)
+msgid "Programming with <application>gtkmm</application>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:38(firstname)
+msgid "Murray"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:39(surname)
+msgid "Cumming"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:42(firstname)
+msgid "Bernhard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:43(surname)
+msgid "Rieder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:44(contrib)
+msgid "Chapter on \"Timeouts\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:47(firstname)
+msgid "Jonathon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:48(surname)
+msgid "Jongsma"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:49(contrib)
+msgid "Chapter on \"Drawing with Cairo\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:50(contrib)
+msgid "Chapter on \"Working with gtkmm's Source Code\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:51(contrib)
+msgid "Chapter on \"Recent Files\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:54(firstname)
+msgid "Jason"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:55(surname)
+msgid "M'Sadoques"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:56(contrib)
+msgid "Chapter on \"Drawing Area\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:59(firstname)
+msgid "Ole"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:60(surname)
+msgid "Laursen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:61(contrib) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:77(contrib)
+msgid "Parts of chapter on \"Internationalization\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:64(firstname)
+msgid "Gene"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:65(surname)
+msgid "Ruebsamen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:66(contrib) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:71(contrib)
+msgid "Chapter on \"Win32 Installation\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:69(firstname)
+msgid "Cedric"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:70(surname)
+msgid "Gustin"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:74(firstname)
+msgid "Marko"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:75(surname)
+msgid "Anastasov"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:76(contrib)
+msgid "Chapter on \"Printing\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:80(firstname)
+msgid "Alan"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:81(surname)
+msgid "Ott"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:82(contrib)
+msgid "Appendix on \"Visual Studio 2005\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:85(firstname)
+msgid "Daniel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:86(surname)
+msgid "Elstner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:87(contrib)
+msgid ""
+"Section \"Build Structure\" of chapter on \"Wrapping C Libraries with gmmproc"
+"\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. This text is copied from the introduction.
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:95(para)
+msgid ""
+"This book explains key concepts of the <application>gtkmm</application> C++ "
+"API for creating user interfaces. It also introduces the main user interface "
+"elements (\"widgets\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:101(year)
+msgid "2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:102(holder)
+msgid "Murray Cumming"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:106(para)
+msgid ""
+"Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under "
+"the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later "
+"version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant "
+"Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You may obtain a "
+"copy of the GNU Free Documentation License from the Free Software Foundation "
+"by visiting their Web site or by writing to: Free Software Foundation, Inc., "
+"59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:118(title)
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:121(title)
+msgid "This book"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:123(para)
+msgid ""
+"This book explains key concepts of the <application>gtkmm</application> C++ "
+"API for creating user interfaces. It also introduces the main user interface "
+"elements (\"widgets\"). Although it mentions classes, constructors, and "
+"methods, it does not go into great detail. Therefore, for full API "
+"information you should follow the links into the reference documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:125(para)
+msgid ""
+"This book assumes a good understanding of C++, and how to create C++ "
+"programs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:127(para)
+msgid ""
+"We would very much like to hear of any problems you have learning "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> with this document, and would appreciate "
+"input regarding improvements. Please see the <link linkend=\"chapter-"
+"contributing\">Contributing</link> section for further information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:134(title)
+msgid "gtkmm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:135(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> is a C++ wrapper for <ulink url=\"http://";
+"www.gtk.org/\">GTK+</ulink>, a library used to create graphical user "
+"interfaces. It is licensed using the LGPL license, so you can develop open "
+"software, free software, or even commercial non-free software using "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> without purchasing licenses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:143(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> was originally named gtk-- because GTK+ "
+"already has a + in the name. However, as -- is not easily indexed by search "
+"engines the package generally went by the name <application>gtkmm</"
+"application>, and that's what we stuck with."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:146(title)
+msgid "Why use <application>gtkmm</application> instead of GTK+?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:147(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> allows you to write code using normal C++ "
+"techniques such as encapsulation, derivation, and polymorphism. As a C++ "
+"programmer you probably already realise that this leads to clearer and "
+"better organized code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:148(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> is more type-safe, so the compiler can "
+"detect errors that would only be detected at run time when using C. This use "
+"of specific types also makes the API clearer because you can see what types "
+"should be used just by looking at a method's declaration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:149(para)
+msgid ""
+"Inheritance can be used to derive new widgets. The derivation of new widgets "
+"in GTK+ C code is so complicated and error prone that almost no C coders do "
+"it. As a C++ developer you know that derivation is an essential Object "
+"Orientated technique."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:150(para)
+msgid ""
+"Member instances can be used, simplifying memory management. All GTK+ C "
+"widgets are dealt with by use of pointers. As a C++ coder you know that "
+"pointers should be avoided where possible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:151(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> involves less code compared to GTK+, which "
+"uses prefixed function names and lots of cast macros."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:155(title)
+msgid "<application>gtkmm</application> compared to Qt"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:156(para)
+msgid ""
+"Trolltech's Qt is the closest competition to <application>gtkmm</"
+"application>, so it deserves discussion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:158(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> developers tend to prefer "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> to Qt because <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> does things in a more C++ way. Qt originates from a time when C+"
+"+ and the standard library were not standardised or well supported by "
+"compilers. It therefore duplicates a lot of stuff that is now in the "
+"standard library, such as containers and type information. Most "
+"significantly, Trolltech modified the C++ language to provide signals, so "
+"that Qt classes cannot be used easily with non-Qt classes. "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> was able to use standard C++ to provide "
+"signals without changing the C++ language. See the FAQ for more detailed "
+"differences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:162(title)
+msgid "<application>gtkmm</application> is a wrapper"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:163(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> is not a native C++ toolkit, but a C++ "
+"wrapper of a C toolkit. This separation of interface and implementation has "
+"advantages. The <application>gtkmm</application> developers spend most of "
+"their time talking about how <application>gtkmm</application> can present "
+"the clearest API, without awkward compromises due to obscure technical "
+"details. We contribute a little to the underlying GTK+ code base, but so do "
+"the C coders, and the Perl coders and the Python coders, etc. Therefore GTK+ "
+"benefits from a broader user base than language-specific toolkits - there "
+"are more implementers, more developers, more testers, and more users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:171(title)
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:173(title)
+msgid "Dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:174(para)
+msgid ""
+"Before attempting to install <application>gtkmm</application> 2.4, you might "
+"first need to install these other packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:179(application)
+msgid "libsigc++ 2.0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:180(application)
+msgid "GTK+ 2.4"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:181(application)
+msgid "cairomm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:183(para)
+msgid ""
+"These dependencies have their own dependencies, including the following "
+"applications and libraries:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:188(application)
+msgid "pkg-config"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:189(application)
+msgid "glib"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:190(application)
+msgid "ATK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:191(application)
+msgid "Pango"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:192(application)
+msgid "cairo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:197(title)
+msgid "Unix and Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:200(title)
+msgid "Prebuilt Packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:202(para)
+msgid ""
+"Recent versions of <application>gtkmm</application> are packaged by nearly "
+"every major Linux distribution these days. So, if you use Linux, you can "
+"probably get started with <application>gtkmm</application> by installing the "
+"package from the official repository for your distribution. Distributions "
+"that include <application>gtkmm</application> in their repositories include "
+"Debian, Ubuntu, Red Hat, Fedora, Mandriva, Suse, and many others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:210(para)
+msgid ""
+"The names of the <application>gtkmm</application> packages vary from "
+"distribution to distribution (e.g. <application>libgtkmm2.4-dev</"
+"application> on Debian and Ubuntu or <application>gtkmm24-devel</"
+"application> on Red Hat Fedora), so check with your distribution's package "
+"management program for the correct package name and install it like you "
+"would any other package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:218(para)
+msgid ""
+"The package names will not change when new API/ABI-compatible versions of "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> are released. Otherwise they would not be "
+"API/ABI-compatible. So don't be surprised, for instance, to find "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> 2.8 supplied by Debian's "
+"<application>libgtkmm2.4-dev</application> package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:228(title)
+msgid "Installing From Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:230(para)
+msgid ""
+"If your distribution does not provide a pre-built <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> package, or if you want to install a different version than the "
+"one provided by your distribution, you can also install <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> from source. The source code for <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> can be downloaded from <ulink url=\"http://www.gtkmm.org/\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:236(para)
+msgid ""
+"After you've installed all of the dependencies, download the "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> source code, unpack it, and change to the "
+"newly created directory. <application>gtkmm</application> can be built and "
+"installed with the following sequence of commands:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:241(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"# ./configure\n"
+"# make\n"
+"# make install\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:247(para)
+msgid ""
+"Remember that on a Unix or Linux operating system, you will probably need to "
+"be <literal>root</literal> to install software. The <command>su</command> "
+"command will allow you to enter the <literal>root</literal> password and "
+"have <literal>root</literal> status temporarily."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:254(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <filename>configure</filename> script will check to make sure all of the "
+"required dependencies are already installed. If you are missing any "
+"dependencies, it will exit and display an error."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:259(para)
+msgid ""
+"By default, <application>gtkmm</application> will be installed under the "
+"<filename>/usr/local</filename> directory. On some systems you may need to "
+"install to a different location. For instance, on Red Hat Linux systems you "
+"might use the <literal>--prefix</literal> option with configure, like so: "
+"<screen>\n"
+"# ./configure --prefix=/usr\n"
+"</screen>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:270(para)
+msgid ""
+"You should be very careful when installing to standard system prefixes such "
+"as <filename>/usr</filename>. Linux distributions install software packages "
+"to <filename>/usr</filename>, so installing a source package to this prefix "
+"could corrupt or conflict with software installed using your distribution's "
+"package-management system. Ideally, you should use a separate prefix for all "
+"software you install from source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:279(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you want to help develop <application>gtkmm</application> or experiment "
+"with new features, you can also install <application>gtkmm</application> "
+"from git. Most users will never need to do this, but if you're interested in "
+"helping with <application>gtkmm</application> development, see the <link "
+"linkend=\"chapter-working-with-source\">Working with gtkmm's Source Code</"
+"link> appendix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:290(title)
+msgid "Microsoft Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:291(para)
+msgid ""
+"GTK+ and <application>gtkmm</application> were designed to work well with "
+"Microsoft Windows, and the developers encourage its use on the win32 "
+"platform. However, Windows has no standard installation system for "
+"development libraries. Please see the <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/";
+"gtkmm/MSWindows\">Windows Installation</ulink> page for Windows-specific "
+"installation instructions and notes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:298(title)
+msgid "Basics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:300(para)
+msgid ""
+"This chapter will introduce some of the most important aspects of "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> coding. These will be demonstrated with "
+"simple working example code. However, this is just a taster, so you need to "
+"look at the other chapters for more substantial information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:303(para)
+msgid ""
+"Your existing knowledge of C++ will help you with <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> as it would with any library. Unless we state otherwise, you "
+"can expect <application>gtkmm</application> classes to behave like any other "
+"C++ class, and you can expect to use your existing C++ techniques with "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:308(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3743(title)
+msgid "Simple Example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:310(para)
+msgid ""
+"To begin our introduction to <application>gtkmm</application>, we'll start "
+"with the simplest program possible. This program will create an empty 200 x "
+"200 pixel window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:315(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:492(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:708(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:816(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:925(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1090(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1139(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1194(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1241(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1268(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1293(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1441(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1507(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1531(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1606(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1647(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1692(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1727(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1766(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1895(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2389(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2432(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2591(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2641(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2709(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3306(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3325(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3344(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3366(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3388(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3461(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3474(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3508(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3521(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3752(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3927(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3940(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3996(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4253(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4315(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4342(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4364(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4387(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4583(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4680(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4761(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4929(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5143(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5303(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5323(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5701(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5916(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6050(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6156(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6253(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6290(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6641(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6709(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7325(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7349(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8098(ulink)
+msgid "Source Code"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:317(para)
+msgid "We will now explain each line of the example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:318(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "#include &lt;gtkmm.h&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:319(para)
+msgid ""
+"All <application>gtkmm</application> programs must include certain "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> headers; <literal>gtkmm.h</literal> "
+"includes the entire <application>gtkmm</application> kit. This is usually "
+"not a good idea, because it includes a megabyte or so of headers, but for "
+"simple programs, it suffices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:329(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Gtk::Main kit(argc, argv);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:326(para)
+msgid ""
+"The next line: <placeholder-1/> creates a <classname>Gtk::Main</classname> "
+"object. This is needed in all <application>gtkmm</application> applications. "
+"The constructor for this object initializes <application>gtkmm</"
+"application>, and checks the arguments passed to your application on the "
+"command line, looking for standard options such as <literal>-display</"
+"literal>. It takes these from the argument list, leaving anything it does "
+"not recognize for your application to parse or ignore. This ensures that all "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> applications accept the same set of "
+"standard arguments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:339(para)
+msgid "The next two lines of code create and display a window:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:342(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Gtk::Window window;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:343(para)
+msgid ""
+"The last line shows the window and enters the <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> main processing loop, which will finish when the window is "
+"closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:347(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Gtk::Main::run(window);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:351(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "g++ simple.cc -o simple `pkg-config gtkmm-2.4 --cflags --libs`"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:349(para)
+msgid ""
+"After putting the source code in <literal>simple.cc</literal> you can "
+"compile the above program with gcc using: <placeholder-1/> Note that you "
+"must surround the <literal>pkg-config</literal> invocation with backquotes. "
+"Backquotes cause the shell to execute the command inside them, and to use "
+"the command's output as part of the command line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:360(title)
+msgid "Headers and Linking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:361(para)
+msgid ""
+"Although we have shown the compilation command for the simple example, you "
+"really should use the automake and autoconf tools, as described in "
+"\"Autoconf, Automake, Libtool\", by G. V. Vaughan et al. The examples used "
+"in this book are included in the <application>gtkmm</application> package, "
+"with appropriate build files, so we won't show the build commands in future. "
+"You'll just need to find the appropriate directory and type <literal>make</"
+"literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:364(para)
+msgid ""
+"To simplify compilation, we use <literal>pkg-config</literal>, which is "
+"present in all (properly installed) <application>gtkmm</application> "
+"installations. This program 'knows' what compiler switches are needed to "
+"compile programs that use <application>gtkmm</application>. The <literal>--"
+"cflags</literal> option causes <literal>pkg-config</literal> to output a "
+"list of include directories for the compiler to look in; the <literal>--"
+"libs</literal> option requests the list of libraries for the compiler to "
+"link with and the directories to find them in. Try running it from your "
+"shell-prompt to see the results on your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:377(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "PKG_CHECK_MODULES([MYAPP], [gtkmm-2.4 &gt;= 2.8.0])"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:374(para)
+msgid ""
+"However, this is even simpler when using the <function>PKG_CHECK_MODULES()</"
+"function> macro in a standard configure.ac file with autoconf and automake. "
+"For instance: <placeholder-1/> This checks for the presence of gtkmm and "
+"defines MYAPP_LIBS and MYAPP_CFLAGS for use in your Makefile.am files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:380(para)
+msgid ""
+"gtkmm-2.4 is the name of the current stable API. There was an older API "
+"called gtkmm-2-0 which installs in parallel when it is available. There are "
+"several versions of gtkmm-2.4, such as gtkmm 2.10. Note that the API name "
+"does not change for every version because that would be an incompatible API "
+"and ABI break. Theoretically, there might be a future gtkmm-3.0 API which "
+"would install in parallel with gtkmm-2.4 without affecting existing "
+"applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:383(para)
+msgid ""
+"Note that if you mention extra modules in addition to gtkmm-2.4, they should "
+"be separated by spaces, not commas."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:385(para)
+msgid ""
+"Openismus has more <ulink url=\"http://www.openismus.com/documents/linux/";
+"automake/automake.shtml\">basic help with automake and autoconf</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:392(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6313(title)
+msgid "Widgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:393(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> applications consist of windows containing "
+"widgets, such as buttons and text boxes. In some other systems, widgets are "
+"called \"controls\". For each widget in your application's windows, there is "
+"a C++ object in your application's code. So you just need to call a method "
+"of the widget's class to affect the visible widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:395(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"m_box.pack_start(m_Button1);\n"
+"m_box.pack_start(m_Button2);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:398(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "m_frame.add(m_box);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:394(para)
+msgid ""
+"Widgets are arranged inside container widgets such as frames and notebooks, "
+"in a hierarchy of widgets within widgets. Some of these container widgets, "
+"such as Gtk::VBox, are not visible - they exist only to arrange other "
+"widgets. Here is some example code that adds 2 Gtk::Button widgets to a Gtk::"
+"VBox container widgets: <placeholder-1/> and here is how to add the Gtk::"
+"VBox, containing those buttons, to a Gtk::Frame, which has a visible frame "
+"and title: <placeholder-2/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:400(para)
+msgid ""
+"Most of the chapters in this book deal with specific widgets. See the <link "
+"linkend=\"chapter-container-widgets\">Container Widgets</link> section for "
+"more details about adding widgets to container widgets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:404(para)
+msgid ""
+"Although you can specify the layout and appearance of windows and widgets "
+"with C++ code, you will probably find it more convenient to design your user "
+"interfaces with <literal>Glade</literal> and load them at runtime with "
+"<literal>Gtk::Builder</literal>. See the <link linkend=\"chapter-builder"
+"\">Glade and Gtk::Builder</link> chapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:407(para)
+msgid ""
+"Although <application>gtkmm</application> widget instances have lifetimes "
+"and scopes just like those of other C++ classes, <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> has an optional time-saving feature that you will see in some "
+"of the examples. <function>Gtk::manage()</function> allows you to say that a "
+"child widget is owned by the container into which you place it. This allows "
+"you to <function>new</function> the widget, add it to the container and "
+"forget about deleting it. You can learn more about <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> memory management techniques in the <link linkend=\"chapter-"
+"memory\">Memory Management chapter</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:413(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:712(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5063(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5356(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7634(title)
+msgid "Signals"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:415(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application>, like most GUI toolkits, is <emphasis>event-"
+"driven</emphasis>. When an event occurs, such as the press of a mouse "
+"button, the appropriate signal will be <emphasis>emitted</emphasis> by the "
+"Widget that was pressed. Each Widget has a different set of signals that it "
+"can emit. To make a button click result in an action, we set up a "
+"<emphasis>signal handler</emphasis> to catch the button's \"clicked\" signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:423(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"m_button1.signal_clicked().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
+"  &amp;HelloWorld::on_button_clicked) );"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:422(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> uses the libsigc++ library to implement "
+"signals. Here is an example line of code that connects a Gtk::Button's "
+"\"clicked\" signal with a signal handler called \"on_button_clicked\": "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:427(para)
+msgid ""
+"For more detailed information about signals, see the <link linkend=\"chapter-"
+"signals\">appendix</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:428(para)
+msgid ""
+"For information about implementing your own signals rather than just "
+"connecting to the existing <application>gtkmm</application> signals, see the "
+"<link linkend=\"chapter-custom-signals\">appendix</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:434(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9182(classname)
+msgid "Glib::ustring"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:435(para)
+msgid ""
+"You might be surprised to learn that <application>gtkmm</application> "
+"doesn't use <classname>std::string</classname> in it its interfaces. Instead "
+"it uses <classname>Glib::ustring</classname>, which is so similar and "
+"unobtrusive that you could actually pretend that each Glib::ustring is a "
+"<classname>std::string</classname> and ignore the rest of this section. But "
+"read on if you want to use languages other than English in your application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:436(para)
+msgid ""
+"std::string uses 8 bit per character, but 8 bits aren't enough to encode "
+"languages such as Arabic, Chinese, and Japanese. Although the encodings for "
+"these languages has now been specified by the Unicode Constortium, the C and "
+"C++ languages do not yet provide any standardised Unicode support. GTK+ and "
+"GNOME chose to implement Unicode using UTF-8, and that's what is wrapped by "
+"Glib::ustring. It provides almost exactly the same interface as std::string, "
+"along with automatic conversions to and from std::string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:437(para)
+msgid ""
+"One of the benefits of UTF-8 is that you don't need to use it unless you "
+"want to, so you don't need to retrofit all of your code at once. "
+"<classname>std::string</classname> will still work for 7-bit ASCII strings. "
+"But when you try to localize your application for languages like Chinese, "
+"for instance, you will start to see strange errors, and possible crashes. "
+"Then all you need to do is start using <classname>Glib::ustring</classname> "
+"instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:438(para)
+msgid ""
+"Note that UTF-8 isn't compatible with 8-bit encodings like ISO-8859-1. For "
+"instance, German umlauts are not in the ASCII range and need more than 1 "
+"byte in the UTF-8 encoding. If your code contains 8-bit string literals, you "
+"have to convert them to UTF-8 (e.g. the Bavarian greeting \"Grü� Gott\" "
+"would be \"Gr\\xC3\\xBC\\xC3\\x9F Gott\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:439(para)
+msgid ""
+"You should avoid C-style pointer arithmetic, and functions such as strlen(). "
+"In UTF-8, each character might need anywhere from 1 to 6 bytes, so it's not "
+"possible to assume that the next byte is another character. <classname>Glib::"
+"ustring</classname> worries about the details of this for you so you can use "
+"methods such as Glib::ustring::substr() while still thinking in terms of "
+"characters instead of bytes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:441(para)
+msgid ""
+"Unlike the Windows UCS-2 Unicode solution, this does not require any special "
+"compiler options to process string literals, and it does not result in "
+"Unicode executables and libraries which are incompatible with ASCII ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:443(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:692(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:790(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:805(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:908(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:962(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:980(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1026(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1123(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1178(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1224(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1424(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1472(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1520(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1595(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1636(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1677(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1710(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1750(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2353(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2420(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2573(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2630(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2698(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2745(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2761(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2779(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2887(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3407(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3560(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3588(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3617(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3669(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3689(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3737(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4235(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4292(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4303(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4330(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4352(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4375(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5171(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5446(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5478(ulink)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7502(ulink)
+msgid "Reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:445(para)
+msgid ""
+"See the <link linkend=\"chapter-internationalization\">Internationalization</"
+"link> section for information about providing the UTF-8 string literals."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:450(title)
+msgid "Intermediate types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:453(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Glib::StringArrayHandle</classname> or <classname>Glib::"
+"ArrayHandle&lt;Glib::ustring&gt;</classname>: Use <classname>std::vector&lt;"
+"Glib::ustring&gt;</classname>, <classname>std::list&lt;Glib::ustring&gt;</"
+"classname>, <type>const char*[]</type>, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:454(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Glib::ListHandle&lt;Gtk::Widget*&gt;</classname>: Use "
+"<classname>std::vector&lt;Gtk::Widget*&gt;</classname>, <classname>std::"
+"list&lt;Gtk::Widget*&gt;</classname>, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:455(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Glib::SListHandle&lt;Gtk::Widget*&gt;</classname>: Use "
+"<classname>std::vector&lt;Gtk::Widget*&gt;</classname>, <classname>std::"
+"list&lt;Gtk::Widget*&gt;</classname>, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:451(para)
+msgid ""
+"Some parts of the <application>gtkmm</application> API use intermediate data "
+"containers, such as <classname>Glib::StringArrayHandle</classname> instead "
+"of a specific Standard C++ container such as <classname>std::vector</"
+"classname> or <classname>std::list</classname>. You should not declare these "
+"types yourself -- you should use whatever Standard C++ container you prefer "
+"instead. <application>gtkmm</application> will do the conversion for you. "
+"Here are some of these intermediate types: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:463(title)
+msgid "Mixing C and C++ APIs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:464(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can use C APIs which do not yet have convenient C++ interfaces. It is "
+"generally not a problem to use C APIs from C++, and <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> helps by providing access to the underlying C object, and "
+"providing an easy way to create a C++ wrapper object from a C object, "
+"provided that the C API is also based on the GObject system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:466(para)
+msgid ""
+"To use a <application>gtkmm</application> instance with a C function that "
+"requires a C GObject instance, use the <function>gobj()</function> function "
+"to obtain a pointer to the underlying GObject instance. For instance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:469(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Gtk::Button* button = new Gtk::Button(\"example\");\n"
+"gtk_button_do_something_new(button-&gt;gobj());\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:475(para)
+msgid ""
+"To obtain a <application>gtkmm</application> instance from a C GObject "
+"instance, use the Glib::wrap() function. For instance"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:477(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"GtkButton* cbutton = get_a_button();\n"
+"Gtk::Button* button = Glib::wrap(cbutton);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:485(title)
+msgid "Hello World in <application>gtkmm</application>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:487(para)
+msgid ""
+"We've now learned enough to look at a real example. In accordance with an "
+"ancient tradition of computer science, we now introduce Hello World, a la "
+"<application>gtkmm</application>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:494(para)
+msgid ""
+"Try to compile and run it before going on. You should see something like "
+"this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:499(title)
+msgid "Hello World"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:505(para)
+msgid ""
+"Pretty thrilling, eh? Let's examine the code. First, the "
+"<classname>HelloWorld</classname> class:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:510(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"class HelloWorld : public Gtk::Window\n"
+"{\n"
+"\n"
+"public:\n"
+"  HelloWorld();\n"
+"  virtual ~HelloWorld();\n"
+"\n"
+"protected:\n"
+"  //Signal handlers:\n"
+"  virtual void on_button_clicked();\n"
+"\n"
+"  //Member widgets:\n"
+"  Gtk::Button m_button;\n"
+"};"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:525(para)
+msgid ""
+"This class implements the \"Hello World\" window. It's derived from "
+"<classname>Gtk::Window</classname>, and has a single <classname>Gtk::Button</"
+"classname> as a member. We've chosen to use the constructor to do all of the "
+"initialisation work for the window, including setting up the signals. Here "
+"it is, with the comments omitted:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:534(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"HelloWorld::HelloWorld()\n"
+":\n"
+"  m_button (\"Hello World\")\n"
+"{\n"
+"  set_border_width(10);\n"
+"  m_button.signal_clicked().connect(sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
+"    &amp;HelloWorld::on_button_clicked));\n"
+"  add(m_button);.\n"
+"  m_button.show();\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:545(para)
+msgid ""
+"Notice that we've used an initialiser statement to give the "
+"<literal>m_button</literal> object the label \"Hello World\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:550(para)
+msgid ""
+"Next we call the Window's <methodname>set_border_width()</methodname> "
+"method. This sets the amount of space between the sides of the window and "
+"the widget it contains."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:556(para)
+msgid ""
+"We then hook up a signal handler to <literal>m_button</literal>'s "
+"<literal>clicked</literal> signal. This prints our friendly greeting to "
+"<literal>stdout</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:561(para)
+msgid ""
+"Next, we use the Window's <methodname>add()</methodname> method to put "
+"<literal>m_button</literal> in the Window. (<methodname>add()</methodname> "
+"comes from <classname>Gtk::Container</classname>, which is described in the "
+"chapter on container widgets.) The <methodname>add()</methodname> method "
+"places the Widget in the Window, but it doesn't display the widget. "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> widgets are always invisible when you "
+"create them - to display them, you must call their <methodname>show()</"
+"methodname> method, which is what we do in the next line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:571(para)
+msgid ""
+"Now let's look at our program's <function>main()</function> function. Here "
+"it is, without comments:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:576(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"int main(int argc, char** argv)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  Gtk::Main kit(argc, argv);\n"
+"\n"
+"  HelloWorld helloworld;\n"
+"  Gtk::Main::run(helloworld);\n"
+"\n"
+"  return 0;\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:586(para)
+msgid ""
+"First we instantiate an object called <literal>kit</literal>. This is of "
+"type <classname>Gtk::Main</classname>. Every <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> program must have one of these. We pass our command-line "
+"arguments to its constructor. It takes the arguments it wants, and leaves "
+"you the rest, as we described earlier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:593(para)
+msgid ""
+"Next we make an object of our <classname>HelloWorld</classname> class, whose "
+"constructor takes no arguments, but it isn't visible yet. When we call Gtk::"
+"Main::run(), giving it the helloworld Window, it shows the Window and starts "
+"the <application>gtkmm</application><emphasis>event loop</emphasis>. During "
+"the event loop <application>gtkmm</application> idles, waiting for actions "
+"from the user, and responding appropriately. When the user closes the "
+"Window, run() will return, causing the final line of our main() function be "
+"to executed. The application will then finish."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:603(title)
+msgid "Buttons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:605(para)
+msgid "<application>gtkmm</application> provides four basic types of buttons:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:612(term)
+msgid "Push-Buttons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:614(para)
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtkmm/unstable/";
+"classGtk_1_1Button.html\"><classname>Gtk::Button</classname></ulink>. "
+"Standard buttons, usually marked with a label or picture. Pushing one "
+"triggers an action. See the <link linkend=\"sec-pushbuttons\">Button</link> "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:621(term)
+msgid "Toggle buttons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:623(para)
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtkmm/unstable/";
+"classGtk_1_1ToggleButton.html\"><classname>Gtk::ToggleButton</classname></"
+"ulink>. Unlike a normal Button, which springs back up, a ToggleButton stays "
+"down until you press it again. It might be useful as an on/off switch. See "
+"the <link linkend=\"sec-toggle-buttons\">ToggleButton</link> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:631(term)
+msgid "Checkboxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:633(para)
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtkmm/unstable/";
+"classGtk_1_1CheckButton.html\"><classname>Gtk::CheckButton</classname></"
+"ulink>. These act like ToggleButtons, but show their state in small squares, "
+"with their label at the side. They should be used in most situations which "
+"require an on/off setting. See the <link linkend=\"sec-checkboxes"
+"\">CheckBox</link> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:643(term)
+msgid "Radio buttons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:645(para)
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtkmm/unstable/";
+"classGtk_1_1RadioButton.html\"><classname>Gtk::RadioButton</classname></"
+"ulink>. Named after the station selectors on old car radios, these buttons "
+"are used in groups for options which are mutually exclusive. Pressing one "
+"causes all the others in its group to turn off. They are similar to "
+"CheckBoxes (a small widget with a label at the side), but usually look "
+"different. See the <link linkend=\"sec-radio-buttons\">RadioButton</link> "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:659(para)
+msgid ""
+"Note that, due to GTK+'s theming system, the appearance of these widgets "
+"will vary. In the case of checkboxes and radio buttons, they may vary "
+"considerably."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:666(title)
+msgid "Button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:668(title)
+msgid "Constructors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:670(para)
+msgid ""
+"There are two ways to create a Button. You can specify a label string in the "
+"<classname>Gtk::Button</classname> constructor, or set it later with "
+"<methodname>set_label()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:676(para)
+msgid ""
+"To define an accelerator key for keyboard navigation, place an underscore "
+"before one of the label's characters and specify <literal>true</literal> for "
+"the optional <literal>mnemonic</literal> parameter. For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:678(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Gtk::Button* pButton = new Gtk::Button(\"_Something\", true);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:682(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Gtk::Button* pButton = new Gtk::Button(Gtk::Stock::OK);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:680(para)
+msgid ""
+"Wherever possible you should use Stock items, to ensure consistency with "
+"other applications, and to improve the appearance of your applications by "
+"using icons. For instance, <placeholder-1/> This will use standard text, in "
+"all languages, with standard keyboard accelerators, with a standard icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:686(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::Button</classname> is also a container so you could put any "
+"other widget, such as a <classname>Gtk::Image</classname> into it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:695(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:807(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:912(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1073(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1125(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1428(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1498(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1522(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1597(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1638(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1679(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1713(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1753(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2385(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2423(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2577(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2632(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2700(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4238(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4306(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4333(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4355(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4378(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4545(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4668(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4748(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5133(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5682(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6635(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6704(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7312(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7338(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8092(title)
+msgid "Example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:697(para)
+msgid "This example creates a button with a picture and a label."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:702(title)
+msgid "buttons example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:714(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>Gtk::Button</classname> widget has the following signals, but "
+"most of the time you will just handle the <literal>clicked</literal> signal:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:722(literal)
+msgid "pressed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:724(para)
+msgid "Emitted when the button is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:730(literal)
+msgid "released"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:732(para)
+msgid "Emitted when the button is released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:738(literal)
+msgid "clicked"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:740(para)
+msgid "Emitted when the button is pressed and released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:746(literal)
+msgid "enter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:748(para)
+msgid "Emitted when the mouse pointer moves over the button's window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:754(literal)
+msgid "leave"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:756(para)
+msgid "Emitted when the mouse pointer leaves the button's window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:768(title)
+msgid "ToggleButton"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:770(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>ToggleButton</classname>s are like normal <classname>Button</"
+"classname>s, but when clicked they remain activated, or pressed, until "
+"clicked again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:772(para)
+msgid ""
+"To retrieve the state of the <classname>ToggleButton</classname>, you can "
+"use the <methodname>get_active()</methodname> method. This returns "
+"<literal>true</literal> if the button is \"down\". You can also set the "
+"toggle button's state, with <methodname>set_active()</methodname>. Note "
+"that, if you do this, and the state actually changes, it causes the \"clicked"
+"\" signal to be emitted. This is usually what you want."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:779(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can use the <methodname>toggled()</methodname> method to toggle the "
+"button, rather than forcing it to be up or down: This switches the button's "
+"state, and causes the <literal>toggled</literal> signal to be emitted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:784(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::ToggleButton</classname> is most useful as a base class for "
+"the <classname>Gtk::CheckButton</classname> and <classname>Gtk::RadioButton</"
+"classname> classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:795(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:810(title)
+msgid "CheckButton"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:797(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::CheckButton</classname> inherits from <classname>Gtk::"
+"ToggleButton</classname>. The only real difference between the two is "
+"<classname>Gtk::CheckButton</classname>'s appearance. You can check, set, "
+"and toggle a checkbox using the same member methods as for <classname>Gtk::"
+"ToggleButton</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:822(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:919(title)
+msgid "RadioButton"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:824(para)
+msgid ""
+"Like checkboxes, radio buttons also inherit from <classname>Gtk::"
+"ToggleButton</classname>, but these work in groups, and only one RadioButton "
+"in a group can be selected at any one time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:830(title)
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:831(para)
+msgid ""
+"There are two ways to set up a group of radio buttons. The first way is to "
+"create the buttons, and set up their groups afterwards. Only the first two "
+"constructors are used. In the following example, we make a new window class "
+"called <classname>RadioButtons</classname>, and then put three radio buttons "
+"in it:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:839(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"class RadioButtons : public Gtk::Window\n"
+"{\n"
+"public:\n"
+"    RadioButtons();\n"
+"\n"
+"protected:\n"
+"    Gtk::RadioButton m_rb1, m_rb2, m_rb3;\n"
+"};\n"
+"\n"
+"RadioButtons::RadioButtons()\n"
+"  : m_rb1(\"button1\"),\n"
+"    m_rb2(\"button2\"),\n"
+"    m_rb3(\"button3\")\n"
+"{\n"
+"    Gtk::RadioButton::Group group = m_rb1.get_group();\n"
+"    m_rb2.set_group(group);\n"
+"    m_rb3.set_group(group);\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:857(para)
+msgid ""
+"We told <application>gtkmm</application> to put all three "
+"<classname>RadioButton</classname>s in the same group by obtaining the group "
+"with <methodname>get_group()</methodname> and using <methodname>set_group()</"
+"methodname> to tell the other <classname>RadioButton</classname>s to share "
+"that group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:866(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "m_rb2.set_group(m_rb1.get_group()); //doesn't work"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:864(para)
+msgid ""
+"Note that you can't just do <placeholder-1/> because the group is modified "
+"by <methodname>set_group()</methodname> and therefore non-const."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:872(para)
+msgid ""
+"The second way to set up radio buttons is to make a group first, and then "
+"add radio buttons to it. Here's an example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:876(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"class RadioButtons : public Gtk::Window\n"
+"{\n"
+"public:\n"
+"    RadioButtons();\n"
+"};\n"
+"\n"
+"RadioButtons::RadioButtons()\n"
+"{\n"
+"    Gtk::RadioButton::Group group;\n"
+"    Gtk::RadioButton *m_rb1 = Gtk::manage(\n"
+"      new Gtk::RadioButton(group,\"button1\"));\n"
+"    Gtk::RadioButton *m_rb2 = manage(\n"
+"      new Gtk::RadioButton(group,\"button2\"));\n"
+"      Gtk::RadioButton *m_rb3 = manage(\n"
+"        new Gtk::RadioButton(group,\"button3\"));\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:893(para)
+msgid ""
+"We made a new group by simply declaring a variable, <literal>group</"
+"literal>, of type <classname>Gtk::RadioButton::Group</classname>. Then we "
+"made three radio buttons, using a constructor to make each of them part of "
+"<literal>group</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:901(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1378(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5006(title)
+msgid "Methods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:902(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>RadioButtons</classname> are \"off\" when created; this means "
+"that when you first make a group of them, they will all be off. Don't forget "
+"to turn one of them on using <methodname>set_active()</methodname>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:913(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following example demonstrates the use of <classname>RadioButton</"
+"classname>s:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:935(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1084(title)
+msgid "Range Widgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:937(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::Scale</classname> and <classname>Gtk::Scrollbar</classname> "
+"both inherit from <classname>Gtk::Range</classname> and share much "
+"functionality. They contain a \"trough\" and a \"slider\" (sometimes called "
+"a \"thumbwheel\" in other GUI environments). Dragging the slider with the "
+"pointer moves it within the trough, while clicking in the trough advances "
+"the slider towards the location of the click, either completely, or by a "
+"designated amount, depending on which mouse button is used. This should be "
+"familiar scrollbar behaviour."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:948(para)
+msgid ""
+"As will be explained in the <link linkend=\"chapter-adjustment\">Adjustment</"
+"link> section, all Range widgets are associated with a "
+"<classname>Adjustment</classname> object. To change the lower, upper, and "
+"current values used by the widget you need to use the methods of its "
+"<classname>Adjustment</classname>, which you can get with the "
+"<methodname>get_adjustment()</methodname> method. The <classname>Range</"
+"classname> widgets' default constructors create an <classname>Adjustment</"
+"classname> automatically, or you can specify an existing "
+"<classname>Adjustment</classname>, maybe to share it with another widget. "
+"See the <link linkend=\"chapter-adjustment\">Adjustments</link> section for "
+"further details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:965(title)
+msgid "Scrollbar Widgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:967(para)
+msgid ""
+"These are standard scrollbars. They should be used only to scroll another "
+"widget, such as, a <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname>, or a <classname>Gtk::"
+"Viewport</classname>, though it's usually easier to use the <classname>Gtk::"
+"ScrolledWindow</classname> widget in most cases."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:974(para)
+msgid ""
+"There are horizontal and vertical scrollbar classes - <classname>Gtk::"
+"HScrollbar</classname> and <classname>Gtk::VScrollbar</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:985(title)
+msgid "Scale Widgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:987(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::Scale</classname> widgets (or \"sliders\") allow the user to "
+"visually select and manipulate a value within a specific range. You might "
+"use one, for instance, to adjust the magnification level on a zoomed preview "
+"of a picture, or to control the brightness of a colour, or to specify the "
+"number of minutes of inactivity before a screensaver takes over the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:996(para)
+msgid ""
+"As with <classname>Scrollbar</classname>s, there are separate widget types "
+"for horizontal and vertical widgets - <classname>Gtk::HScale</classname> and "
+"<classname>Gtk::VScale</classname>. The default constructors create an "
+"<classname>Adjustment</classname> with all of its values set to "
+"<literal>0.0</literal>. This isn't useful so you will need to set some "
+"<classname>Adjustment</classname> details to get meaningful behaviour."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1006(title)
+msgid "Useful methods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1008(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Scale</classname> widgets can display their current value as a "
+"number next to the trough. By default they show the value, but you can "
+"change this with the <methodname>set_draw_value()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1014(para)
+msgid ""
+"The value displayed by a scale widget is rounded to one decimal point by "
+"default, as is the <literal>value</literal> field in its <classname>Gtk::"
+"Adjustment</classname>. You can change this with the <methodname>set_digits()"
+"</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1021(para)
+msgid ""
+"Also, the value can be drawn in different positions relative to the trough, "
+"specified by the <methodname>set_value_pos()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1032(title)
+msgid "Update Policies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1044(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Gtk::UPDATE_CONTINUOUS</literal> - This is the default. The "
+"<literal>value_changed</literal> signal is emitted continuously, i.e. "
+"whenever the slider is moved by even the tiniest amount."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1052(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Gtk::UPDATE_DISCONTINUOUS</literal> - The <literal>value_changed</"
+"literal> signal is only emitted once the slider has stopped moving and the "
+"user has released the mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1060(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>Gtk::UPDATE_DELAYED</literal> - The <literal>value_changed</"
+"literal> signal is emitted when the user releases the mouse button, or if "
+"the slider stops moving for a short period of time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1034(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>update policy</emphasis> of a <classname>Range</classname> "
+"widget defines at what points during user interaction it will change the "
+"<literal>value</literal> field of its <classname>Gtk::Adjustment</classname> "
+"and emit the <literal>value_changed</literal> signal. The update policies, "
+"set with the <methodname>set_update_policy()</methodname> method, are: "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1075(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example displays a window with three range widgets all connected to the "
+"same adjustment, along with a couple of controls for adjusting some of the "
+"parameters mentioned above and in the section on adjustments, so you can see "
+"how they affect the way these widgets work for the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1097(title)
+msgid "Miscellaneous Widgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1100(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1133(title)
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1102(para)
+msgid ""
+"Labels are the main method of placing non-editable text in windows, for "
+"instance to place a title next to a <classname>Entry</classname> widget. You "
+"can specify the text in the constructor, or with the <methodname>set_text()</"
+"methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1109(para)
+msgid ""
+"The width of the label will be adjusted automatically. You can produce multi-"
+"line labels by putting line breaks (\"\\n\") in the label string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1113(para)
+msgid ""
+"The label text can be justified using the <methodname>set_justify()</"
+"methodname> method. The widget is also capable of word-wrapping - this can "
+"be activated with <methodname>set_line_wrap()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1119(para)
+msgid "TODO: gtkmm2: markup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1126(para)
+msgid ""
+"Below is a short example to illustrate these functions. This example makes "
+"use of the Frame widget to better demonstrate the label styles. (The Frame "
+"widget is explained in the <link linkend=\"sec-frame\">Frame</link> section.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1146(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1188(title)
+msgid "Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1149(title)
+msgid "Simple Use"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1151(para)
+msgid ""
+"Entry widgets allow the user to enter text. You can change the contents with "
+"the <methodname>set_text()</methodname> method, and read the current "
+"contents with the <methodname>get_text()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1156(para)
+msgid ""
+"Occasionally you might want to make an <classname>Entry</classname> widget "
+"read-only. This can be done by passing <literal>false</literal> to the "
+"<methodname>set_editable()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1162(para)
+msgid ""
+"For the input of passwords, passphrases and other information you don't want "
+"echoed on the screen, calling <methodname>set_visibility()</methodname> with "
+"<literal>false</literal> will cause the text to be hidden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1168(para)
+msgid ""
+"You might want to be notified whenever the user types in a text entry "
+"widget. <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname> provides two signals, "
+"<literal>activate</literal> and <literal>changed</literal>, for just this "
+"purpose. <literal>activate</literal> is emitted when the user presses the "
+"enter key in a text-entry widget; <literal>changed</literal> is emitted when "
+"the text in the widget changes. You can use these, for instance, to validate "
+"or filter the text the user types."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1180(title)
+msgid "Simple Entry Example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1181(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example uses <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname>. It also has two "
+"<classname>CheckButton</classname>s, with which you can toggle the editable "
+"and visible flags."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1201(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1235(title)
+msgid "Entry Completion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1202(para)
+msgid ""
+"A <classname>Entry</classname> widget can offer a drop-down list of pre-"
+"existing choices based on the first few characters typed by the user. For "
+"instance, a search dialog could suggest text from previous searches."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1207(para)
+msgid ""
+"To enable this functionality, you must create a <classname>EntryCompletion</"
+"classname> object, and provide it to the <classname>Entry</classname> widget "
+"via the <methodname>set_completion()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1212(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>EntryCompletion</classname> may use a <classname>TreeModel</"
+"classname> containing possible entries, specified with <methodname>set_model"
+"()</methodname>. You should then call <methodname>set_text_column()</"
+"methodname> to specify which of your model columns should be used to match "
+"possible text entries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1218(para)
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, if a complete list of possible entries would be too large or "
+"too inconvenient to generate, a callback slot may instead be specified with "
+"<methodname>set_match_func()</methodname>. That callback function. This is "
+"also useful if you wish to match on a part of the string other than the "
+"start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1226(title)
+msgid "Entry Completion Example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1227(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example creates a <classname>Gtk::EntryCompletion</classname> and "
+"associates it with a <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname> widget. The "
+"completion uses a <classname>Gtk::TreeModel</classname> of possible entries, "
+"and some additional actions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1247(title)
+msgid "Entry Icons"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1248(para)
+msgid ""
+"An <classname>Entry</classname> widget can show an icon at the start or end "
+"of the text area. The icon can be specifed by methods such as "
+"<methodname>set_icon_from_pixbuf()</methodname> or "
+"<methodname>set_icon_from_stock()</methodname>. An application can respond "
+"to the user pressing the icon by handling the <methodname>signal_icon_press</"
+"methodname> signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1255(title)
+msgid "Entry Icon Example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1256(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example shows a <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname> widget with a stock "
+"search icon, and prints text to the terminal when the icon is pressed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1262(title)
+msgid "Entry with Icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1274(title)
+msgid "Entry Progress"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1275(para)
+msgid ""
+"An <classname>Entry</classname> widget can show a progress bar inside the "
+"text area, under the entered text. The progress bar will be shown if the "
+"<methodname>set_progress_fraction()</methodname> or "
+"<methodname>set_progress_pulse_step()</methodname> methods are called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1280(title)
+msgid "Entry Progress Example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1281(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example shows a <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname> widget with a "
+"progress bar."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1287(title)
+msgid "Entry with Progress Bar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1301(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1435(title)
+msgid "SpinButton"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1303(para)
+msgid ""
+"A <classname>SpinButton</classname> allows the user to select a value from a "
+"range of numeric values. It has an Entry widget with up and down arrow "
+"buttons at the side. Clicking the buttons causes the value to 'spin' up and "
+"down across the range of possible values. The <classname>Entry</classname> "
+"widget may also be used to enter a value directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1311(para)
+msgid ""
+"The value can have an adjustable number of decimal places, and the step size "
+"is configurable. <classname>SpinButton</classname>s have an 'auto-repeat' "
+"feature as well: holding down one of the arrows can optionally cause the "
+"value to change more quickly the longer the arrow is held down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1326(para)
+msgid "<literal>value</literal>: value for the Spin Button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1332(para)
+msgid "<literal>lower</literal>: lower range value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1338(para)
+msgid "<literal>upper</literal>: upper range value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1343(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>step_increment</literal>: value to increment/decrement when "
+"pressing mouse button 1 on a button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1350(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>page_increment</literal>: value to increment/decrement when "
+"pressing mouse button 2 on a button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1357(para)
+msgid "<literal>page_size</literal>: unused"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1318(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>SpinButton</classname>s use an <link linkend=\"chapter-adjustment"
+"\">Adjustment</link> object to hold information about the range of values. "
+"These Adjustment attributes are used by the Spin Button like so: "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1365(para)
+msgid ""
+"Additionally, mouse button 3 can be used to jump directly to the "
+"<literal>upper</literal> or <literal>lower</literal> values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1370(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>SpinButton</classname> can create a default "
+"<classname>Adjustment</classname>, which you can access via the "
+"<methodname>get_adjustment()</methodname> method, or you can specify an "
+"existing <classname>Adjustment</classname> in the constructor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1380(para)
+msgid ""
+"The number of decimal places can be altered using the <methodname>set_digits"
+"()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1385(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can set the spinbutton's value using the <methodname>set_value()</"
+"methodname> method, and retrieve it with <methodname>get_value()</"
+"methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1390(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <methodname>spin()</methodname> method 'spins' the "
+"<classname>SpinButton</classname>, as if one of its arrows had been clicked. "
+"You need to specify a <classname>Gtk::SpinType</classname> to specify the "
+"direction or new position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1397(para)
+msgid ""
+"To prevent the user from typing non-numeric characters into the entry box, "
+"pass <literal>true</literal> to the <methodname>set_numeric()</methodname> "
+"method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1402(para)
+msgid ""
+"To make the <classname>SpinButton</classname> 'wrap' between its upper and "
+"lower bounds, use the <methodname>set_wrap()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1407(para)
+msgid ""
+"To force it to snap to the nearest <literal>step_increment</literal>, use "
+"<methodname>set_snap_to_ticks()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1412(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can modify the update policy using the <methodname>set_update_policy()</"
+"methodname> method, specifying either <literal>Gtk::UPDATE_ALWAYS</literal> "
+"or <literal>Gtk::UPDATE_IF_VALID</literal>. <literal>Gtk::UPDATE_ALWAYS</"
+"literal> causes the <classname>SpinButton</classname> to ignore errors "
+"encountered while converting the text in the entry box to a numeric value. "
+"This setting also therefore allows the <classname>SpinButton</classname> to "
+"accept non-numeric values. You can force an immediate update using the "
+"<methodname>update()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1430(para)
+msgid "Here's an example of a <classname>SpinButton</classname> in action:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1448(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1501(title)
+msgid "ProgressBar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1450(para)
+msgid ""
+"Progress bars are used to show the status of an ongoing operation. For "
+"instance, a <classname>ProgressBar</classname> can show how much of a task "
+"has been completed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1456(para)
+msgid ""
+"To change the value shown, use the <methodname>set_fraction()</methodname> "
+"method, passing a double between 0 and 1 to provide the new percentage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1461(para)
+msgid ""
+"where <literal>percentage</literal> is a number, from 0 to 1, indicating "
+"what fraction of the bar should be filled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1466(para)
+msgid ""
+"A <classname>ProgressBar</classname>is horizontal and left-to-right by "
+"default, but you can change it to a vertical progress bar by using the "
+"<methodname>set_orientation()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1475(title)
+msgid "Activity Mode"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1476(para)
+msgid ""
+"Besides indicating the amount of progress that has occured, the progress bar "
+"can also be used to indicate that there is some activity; this is done by "
+"placing the progress bar in <emphasis>activity mode</emphasis>. In this "
+"mode, the progress bar displays a small rectangle which moves back and "
+"forth. Activity mode is useful in situations where the progress of an "
+"operation cannot be calculated as a value range (e.g., receiving a file of "
+"unknown length)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1486(para)
+msgid ""
+"To do this, you need to call the <methodname>pulse()</methodname> method at "
+"regular intervals. You can also choose the step size, with the "
+"<methodname>set_pulse_step()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1492(para)
+msgid ""
+"When in continuous mode, the progress bar can also display a configurable "
+"text string within its trough, using the <methodname>set_text()</methodname> "
+"method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1515(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1525(title)
+msgid "InfoBar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1517(para)
+msgid ""
+"An <classname>InfoBar</classname> may show small items of information or to "
+"ask brief questions. Unlike a <classname>Dialog</classname>, it appears at "
+"the top of the current window instead of opening a new window. Its API is "
+"very similar to the <link linkend=\"chapter-dialogs\">Gtk::Dialog</link> API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1538(title)
+msgid "Tooltips"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1540(para)
+msgid ""
+"Tooltips are the little information windows that pop up when you leave your "
+"pointer over a widget for a few seconds. Use <methodname>set_tooltip_text()</"
+"methodname> to set a text string as a tooltip on any <classname>Widget</"
+"classname>. <classname>Gtk::ToolItem</classname>s are not <classname>Widget</"
+"classname>s, but have the same method for convenience. <classname>Gtk::"
+"Tooltip</classname> is used for more advanced tooltip usage, such as showing "
+"an image as well as text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1550(ulink)
+msgid "Widget Reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1551(ulink)
+msgid "Tooltip Reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1558(title)
+msgid "Container Widgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1560(para)
+msgid ""
+"All container widgets derive from <classname>Gtk::Container</classname>, not "
+"always directly. Some container widgets, such as <classname>Gtk::Table</"
+"classname> can hold many child widgets, so these typically have more complex "
+"interfaces. Others, such as <classname>Gtk::Frame</classname> contain only "
+"one child widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1569(title)
+msgid "Single-item Containers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1571(para)
+msgid ""
+"The single-item container widgets derive from <classname>Gtk::Bin</"
+"classname>, which provides the <methodname>add()</methodname> and "
+"<methodname>remove()</methodname> methods for the child widget. Note that "
+"<classname>Gtk::Button</classname> and <classname>Gtk::Window</classname> "
+"are technically single-item containers, but we have discussed them already "
+"elsewhere."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1579(para)
+msgid ""
+"We also discuss the <classname>Gtk::Paned</classname> widget, which allows "
+"you to divide a window into two separate \"panes\". This widget actually "
+"contains two child widgets, but the number is fixed so it seems appropriate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1586(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1600(title)
+msgid "Frame"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1588(para)
+msgid ""
+"Frames can enclose one or a group of widgets within a box, optionally with a "
+"title. For instance, you might place a group of <classname>RadioButton</"
+"classname>s or <classname>CheckButton</classname>s in a <classname>Frame</"
+"classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1614(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1641(title)
+msgid "Paned"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1616(para)
+msgid ""
+"Panes divide a widget into two halves, separated by a moveable divider. "
+"There are two such widgets: <classname>Gtk::HPaned</classname> adds a "
+"horizontal divider, and <classname>Gtk::VPaned</classname> adds a vertical "
+"one. Other than the names and the orientations, there's no difference "
+"between the two."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1623(para)
+msgid ""
+"Unlike the other widgets in this chapter, pane widgets contain not one but "
+"two child widgets, one in each pane. Therefore, you should use "
+"<methodname>add1()</methodname> and <methodname>add2()</methodname> instead "
+"of the <methodname>add()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1630(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can adjust the position of the divider using the <methodname>set_position"
+"()</methodname> method, and you will probably need to do so."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1654(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1686(title)
+msgid "ScrolledWindow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1656(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>ScrolledWindow</classname> widgets create a scrollable area. You "
+"can insert any type of widget into a <classname>ScrolledWindow</classname> "
+"window, and it will be accessible regardless of its size by using the "
+"scrollbars. Note that <classname>ScrolledWindow</classname> is not a "
+"<classname>Gtk::Window</classname> despite the slightly misleading name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1665(para)
+msgid ""
+"Scrolled windows have <emphasis>scrollbar policies</emphasis> which "
+"determine whether the <classname>Scrollbar</classname>s will be displayed. "
+"The policies can be set with the <methodname>set_policy()</methodname> "
+"method. The policy may be one of <literal>Gtk::POLICY_AUTOMATIC</literal> or "
+"<literal>Gtk::POLICY_ALWAYS</literal>. <literal>Gtk::POLICY_AUTOMATIC</"
+"literal> will cause the scrolled window to display the scrollbar only if the "
+"contained widget is larger than the visible area. <literal>Gtk::"
+"POLICY_ALWAYS</literal> will cause the scrollbar to be displayed always."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1681(para)
+msgid ""
+"Here is a simple example that packs 100 toggle buttons into a "
+"ScrolledWindow. Try resizing the window to see the scrollbars react."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1699(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1721(title)
+msgid "AspectFrame"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1701(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>AspectFrame</classname> widget looks like a <classname>Frame</"
+"classname> widget, but it also enforces the <emphasis>aspect ratio</"
+"emphasis> (the ratio of the width to the height) of the child widget, adding "
+"extra space if necessary. For instance, this would allow you to display a "
+"photograph without allowing the user to distort it horizontally or "
+"vertically while resizing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1714(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following program uses a <classname>Gtk::AspectFrame</classname> to "
+"present a drawing area whose aspect ratio will always be 2:1, no matter how "
+"the user resizes the top-level window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1734(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1760(title)
+msgid "Alignment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1736(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>Alignment</classname> widget allows you to place a widget at "
+"a position and size relative to the size of the <classname>Alignment</"
+"classname> widget itself. For instance, it might be used to center a widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1742(para)
+msgid ""
+"You need to specify the <classname>Alignment</classname>'s characteristics "
+"to the constructor, or to the <methodname>set()</methodname> method. In "
+"particular, you won't notice much effect unless you specify a number other "
+"than 1.0 for the <literal>xscale</literal> and <literal>yscale</literal> "
+"parameters, because 1.0 simply means that the child widget will expand to "
+"fill all available space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1754(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example right-aligns a button in a window by using an "
+"<classname>Alignment</classname> widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1768(para)
+msgid ""
+"See the <link linkend=\"sec-progressbar\">ProgressBar</link> section for "
+"another example that uses an <classname>Alignment</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1780(title)
+msgid "Multiple-item widgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1782(para)
+msgid ""
+"Multiple-item widgets inherit from <classname>Gtk::Container</classname>; "
+"just as with <classname>Gtk::Bin</classname>, you use the <methodname>add()</"
+"methodname> and <methodname>remove()</methodname> methods to add and remove "
+"contained widgets. Unlike <methodname>Gtk::Bin::remove()</methodname>, "
+"however, the <methodname>remove()</methodname> method for <classname>Gtk::"
+"Container</classname> takes an argument, specifiying which widget to remove."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1792(title)
+msgid "Packing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1793(para)
+msgid ""
+"You've probably noticed that <application>gtkmm</application> windows seem "
+"\"elastic\" - they can usually be stretched in many different ways. This is "
+"due to the <emphasis>widget packing</emphasis> system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1798(para)
+msgid ""
+"Many GUI toolkits require you to precisely place widgets in a window, using "
+"absolute positioning, often using a visual editor. This leads to several "
+"problems:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1805(para)
+msgid ""
+"The widgets don't rearrange themselves when the window is resized. Some "
+"widgets are hidden when the window is made smaller, and lots of useless "
+"space appears when the window is made larger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1809(para)
+msgid ""
+"It's impossible to predict the amount of space necessary for text after it "
+"has been translated to other languages, or displayed in a different font. On "
+"Unix it is also impossible to anticipate the effects of every theme and "
+"window manager."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1813(para)
+msgid ""
+"Changing the layout of a window \"on the fly\", to make some extra widgets "
+"appear, for instance, is complex. It requires tedious recalculation of every "
+"widget's position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1819(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> uses the packing system to solve these "
+"problems. Rather than specifying the position and size of each widget in the "
+"window, you can arrange your widgets in rows, columns, and/or tables. "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> can size your window automatically, based "
+"on the sizes of the widgets it contains. And the sizes of the widgets are, "
+"in turn, determined by the amount of text they contain, or the minimum and "
+"maximum sizes that you specify, and/or how you have requested that the "
+"available space should be shared between sets of widgets. You can perfect "
+"your layout by specifying padding distance and centering values for each of "
+"your widgets. <application>gtkmm</application> then uses all this "
+"information to resize and reposition everything sensibly and smoothly when "
+"the user manipulates the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1828(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> arranges widgets hierarchically, using "
+"<emphasis>containers</emphasis>. A Container widget contains other widgets. "
+"Most <application>gtkmm</application> widgets are containers. Windows, "
+"Notebook tabs, and Buttons are all container widgets. There are two flavours "
+"of containers: single-child containers, which are all descendants of "
+"<classname>Gtk::Bin</classname>, and multiple-child containers, which are "
+"descendants of <classname>Gtk::Container</classname>. Most widgets in "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> are descendants of <classname>Gtk::Bin</"
+"classname>, including <classname>Gtk::Window</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1839(para)
+msgid ""
+"Yes, that's correct: a Window can contain at most one widget. How, then, can "
+"we use a window for anything useful? By placing a multiple-child container "
+"in the window. The most useful container widgets are <classname>Gtk:VBox</"
+"classname>, <classname>Gtk::HBox</classname>, and <classname>Gtk::Table</"
+"classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1851(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::VBox</classname> and <classname>Gtk::HBox</classname> "
+"arrange their child widgets vertically and horizontally, respectively. Use "
+"<methodname>pack_start()</methodname> and <methodname>pack_end()</"
+"methodname> to insert child widgets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1860(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::Table</classname> arranges its widgets in a grid. Use "
+"<methodname>attach()</methodname> to insert widgets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1868(para)
+msgid "There are several other containers, which we will also discuss."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1872(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you've never used a packing toolkit before, it can take some getting used "
+"to. You'll probably find, however, that you don't need to rely on visual "
+"form editors quite as much as you might with other toolkits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1882(title)
+msgid "An improved Hello World"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1884(para)
+msgid ""
+"Let's take a look at a slightly improved <literal>helloworld</literal>, "
+"showing what we've learnt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1889(title)
+msgid "Hello World 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1897(para)
+msgid ""
+"After building and running this program, try resizing the window to see the "
+"behaviour. Also, try playing with the options to <methodname>pack_start()</"
+"methodname> while reading the <link linkend=\"sec-boxes\">Boxes</link> "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1907(title)
+msgid "STL-style APIs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1909(para)
+msgid ""
+"TODO: Use 'Standard Library' instead of STL. If you're an accomplished C++ "
+"programmer, you'll be happy to hear that most of the <application>gtkmm</"
+"application><classname>Container</classname> widgets provide STL-style APIs, "
+"available via accessor methods, such as <methodname>Gtk::Box::children()</"
+"methodname> or <methodname>Gtk::Notebook::pages()</methodname>. They don't "
+"use actual STL containers (there are good reasons for this), but they look, "
+"feel, and act much like STL container classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1920(para)
+msgid ""
+"These APIs are so similar to STL container APIs that, rather than explaining "
+"them in detail, we can refer you to the STL documentation for most of their "
+"methods. This is all part of <application>gtkmm</application>'s policy of "
+"reusing existing standards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1924(para)
+msgid ""
+"However, STL-style APIs can require awkward or lengthy code in some "
+"situations, so some people prefer not to use them, while other people use "
+"them religiously. Therefore, you are not forced to use them - most container "
+"widgets have a simpler non-STL-style API, with methods such as "
+"<methodname>append()</methodname> and <methodname>prepend()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1938(para)
+msgid ""
+"<methodname>begin()</methodname> returns a <literal>begin</literal> iterator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1944(para)
+msgid ""
+"<methodname>end()</methodname> returns an <literal>end</literal> iterator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1950(para)
+msgid ""
+"<methodname>rbegin()</methodname> returns a reverse <literal>begin</literal> "
+"iterator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1956(para)
+msgid ""
+"<methodname>rend()</methodname> returns a reverse <literal>end</literal> "
+"iterator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1963(methodname)
+msgid "size()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1969(methodname)
+msgid "max_size()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1975(methodname)
+msgid "empty()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1981(methodname)
+msgid "insert()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1987(methodname)
+msgid "push_front()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1993(methodname)
+msgid "push_back()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1999(methodname)
+msgid "pop_front()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2005(methodname)
+msgid "pop_back()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2011(methodname)
+msgid "clear()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2017(methodname)
+msgid "erase()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2023(methodname)
+msgid "remove()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2029(methodname)
+msgid "find()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2035(methodname)
+msgid "front()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2041(methodname)
+msgid "back()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:1932(para)
+msgid ""
+"At a minimum, <application>gtkmm</application> container lists support "
+"iterators and the usual insertion, deletion, and addition methods. You can "
+"always expect the following methods to be available for <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> STL-style APIs: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2049(para)
+msgid ""
+"Also, the <literal>[]</literal> operator is overloaded, but that is usually "
+"order N, so if performance is a consideration, or the list has a large "
+"number of elements, think carefully before using it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2055(para)
+msgid ""
+"The element objects and list objects are defined, for each container, in a "
+"namespace whose name ends in <literal>_Helpers</literal>. For example, the "
+"helper namespace for the notebook widget is <classname>Gtk::"
+"Notebook_Helpers</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2063(title)
+msgid "Adding items"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2064(para)
+msgid ""
+"There is a major difference between <application>gtkmm</application> STL-"
+"style APIs and real STL containers. Normally, when you use a <classname>std::"
+"vector</classname>, for example, you expect that whatever you put in, you'll "
+"get out, unmodified. You wouldn't make a <classname>std::vector&lt;int&gt;</"
+"classname> and expect to get <literal>double</literal>s out of it. But, "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> STL-style APIs don't always work like that "
+"- you will often put one kind of object in, and later get a different kind "
+"out. Why this odd behaviour?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2074(para)
+msgid ""
+"Consider a menu widget, which must maintain a hierarchical list of menus and "
+"menu items. Menus can only contain certain objects, such as menu items, "
+"separators, and submenus. To ensure consistency, a \"filter\" is needed to "
+"keep out illegal objects. Also, since only a few types of objects are "
+"allowed, convenience methods can be provided to make it easy to build up "
+"menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2083(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> takes care of both requirements using "
+"special <emphasis>helper elements</emphasis>. Helper elements are temporary "
+"- they're typically constructed and passed to an insertion method in the "
+"same call. The list insertion method uses the information in the helper "
+"element to construct the real object, which is then inserted into the "
+"container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2091(para)
+msgid ""
+"As an example, let's look at the <classname>Notebook</classname> widget "
+"(explained in the section on <link linkend=\"sec-notebook\">Notebooks</"
+"link>). <classname>Notebook</classname> widgets contain a series of \"pages"
+"\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2097(para)
+msgid ""
+"Each page in a notebook requires, at minimum, the following information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2105(para)
+msgid "A child widget (zero or one), to be placed in the page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2111(para)
+msgid "A label for the page's tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2118(para)
+msgid ""
+"(The <application>gtkmm</application> notebook widget keeps other data for "
+"each page as well.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2122(para)
+msgid ""
+"To insert a new page in a notebook, we can use one of the notebook helper "
+"classes, like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2126(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"notebook-&gt;pages().push_back(\n"
+"          Gtk::Notebook_Helpers::TabElem(*frame, bufferl));"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2129(para)
+msgid ""
+"Let's see what's going on here. Assume we have a pointer to a "
+"<classname>Notebook</classname> widget called <literal>notebook</literal>; "
+"we go from that to a member method called <methodname>pages()</methodname>, "
+"which returns an STL-like list object. On this we call the method "
+"<methodname>push_back()</methodname> (this should be familiar to those who "
+"know STL)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2138(para)
+msgid ""
+"The object that the <methodname>pages()</methodname> method returns is "
+"called a <classname>Notebook_Helpers::PageList</classname>. It's one of the "
+"STL-like containers that we keep referring to. Let's take a look at this "
+"class (this has been heavily edited for clarity; see <filename>&lt;gtkmm/"
+"notebook.h&gt;</filename> for the actual definition):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2146(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"namespace Notebook_Helpers\n"
+"{\n"
+"    class PageList\n"
+"    {\n"
+"    public:\n"
+"             . . .\n"
+"        void push_back(const Element&amp; e);\n"
+"             . . .\n"
+"        Page* operator[](size_type l);\n"
+"    };\n"
+"};"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2163(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <methodname>push_back()</methodname> method takes as argument an "
+"<classname>Element</classname> object (helper);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2170(para)
+msgid ""
+"The overloaded <literal>[]</literal> operator returns a pointer to a "
+"<classname>Page</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2158(para)
+msgid "There are two important things to notice here: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2180(para)
+msgid "This scheme has some important advantages:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2187(para)
+msgid ""
+"We can provide as many different Helper objects as desired, making it simple "
+"to construct complex widgets like Menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2195(para)
+msgid ""
+"Construction of the actual objects can be delayed until an appropriate time. "
+"Sometimes we don't have enough information until later with GTK+."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2202(para)
+msgid ""
+"The definitions of the objects contained in the list can change; their "
+"interfaces need not concern the programmer. For example, even if the "
+"<classname>Page</classname> object changes drastically, the programmer need "
+"not be concerned; the <classname>Element</classname>s need not change, and "
+"will continue to work as expected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2212(para)
+msgid ""
+"New <classname>Element</classname> objects can be added at any time to "
+"support new features, without breaking existing code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2220(para)
+msgid ""
+"All multi-item containers have an <classname>Element</classname> object in "
+"their helper namespaces, and usually there are additional classes available "
+"(like <classname>TabElem</classname> and <classname>MenuElem</classname>) "
+"which derive from <classname>Element</classname>. <classname>Element</"
+"classname> classes vary from container to container, since each contains "
+"different kinds of objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2229(para)
+msgid ""
+"It's very important to remember that <classname>Element</classname>s are not "
+"\"real\" objects. They exist only temporarily, and they are never stored in "
+"the container. They are used <emphasis>only</emphasis> as temporary "
+"\"parameter-holders\". Therefore, the following segment of code is illegal:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2235(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"MenuElem* m = new MenuElem(\"hello\");\n"
+"m-&gt;right_justify();\n"
+"items().push_back(*m);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2239(para)
+msgid ""
+"We constructed a new <classname>MenuElem</classname> helper object, and then "
+"tried to invoke <methodname>right_justify()</methodname> on it before adding "
+"it to the menu. The trouble is that there is no <methodname>right_justify()</"
+"methodname> method in the <classname>MenuElem</classname> class. The correct "
+"way to accomplish this would be:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2247(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"items().push_back(MenuElem(\"hello\"));\n"
+"items().back()-&gt;right_justify();"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2250(para)
+msgid ""
+"Here, we've constructed a <classname>MenuElem</classname> and inserted it "
+"into the menu by passing it to <methodname>push_back()</methodname>, causing "
+"the real menu item to be created. We've then called <methodname>right_justify"
+"()</methodname> on the object retrieved from the list. This is correct - the "
+"object retrieved from the list is not a <classname>MenuElem</classname>, but "
+"a real <classname>MenuItem</classname>, and therefore supports the "
+"<methodname>right_justify()</methodname> method as expected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2266(title)
+msgid "Boxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2268(para)
+msgid ""
+"Most packing uses boxes as in the above example. These are invisible "
+"containers into which we can pack our widgets. When packing widgets into a "
+"horizontal box, the objects are inserted horizontally from left to right or "
+"right to left depending on whether <methodname>pack_start()</methodname> or "
+"<methodname>pack_end()</methodname> is used. In a vertical box, widgets are "
+"packed from top to bottom or vice versa. You may use any combination of "
+"boxes inside or beside other boxes to create the desired effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2279(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2478(title)
+msgid "Adding widgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2280(title)
+msgid "Per-child packing options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2281(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <methodname>pack_start()</methodname> and <methodname>pack_end()</"
+"methodname> methods place widgets inside these containers. The "
+"<methodname>pack_start()</methodname> method will start at the top and work "
+"its way down in a <classname>VBox</classname>, or pack left to right in an "
+"<classname>HBox</classname>. <methodname>pack_end()</methodname> will do the "
+"opposite, packing from bottom to top in a <classname>VBox</classname>, or "
+"right to left in an <classname>HBox</classname>. Using these methods allows "
+"us to right justify or left justify our widgets. We will use "
+"<methodname>pack_start()</methodname> in most of our examples."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2294(para)
+msgid ""
+"There are several options governing how widgets are to be packed, and this "
+"can be confusing at first. If you have difficulties then it is sometimes a "
+"good idea to play with the <application>glade</application> GUI designer to "
+"see what is possible. You might even decide to use the <application>Gtk::"
+"Builder</application> API to load your GUI at runtime."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2302(para)
+msgid "There are basically five different styles, as shown in this picture:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2308(title)
+msgid "Box Packing 1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2314(para)
+msgid ""
+"Each line contains one horizontal box (<classname>HBox</classname>) with "
+"several buttons. Each of the buttons on a line is packed into the "
+"<classname>HBox</classname> with the same arguments to the "
+"<methodname>pack_start()</methodname> method)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2321(para)
+msgid ""
+"This is the declaration of the <methodname>pack_start()</methodname> method:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2324(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"void pack_start(Gtk::Widget&amp; child,\n"
+"                PackOptions options = PACK_EXPAND_WIDGET,\n"
+"                guint padding = 0);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2328(para)
+msgid ""
+"The first argument is the widget you're packing. In our example these are "
+"all <classname>Button</classname>s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2335(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>PACK_SHRINK</literal>: Space is contracted to the child widget "
+"size. The widget will take up just-enough space and never expand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2336(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>PACK_EXPAND_PADDING</literal>: Extra space is filled with padding. "
+"The widgets will be spaced out evenly, but their sizes won't change - there "
+"will be empty space between the widgets instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2337(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>PACK_EXPAND_WIDGET</literal>: Extra space is taken up by increasing "
+"the child widget size, without changing the amount of space between widgets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2332(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <parameter>options</parameter> argument can take one of these three "
+"options: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2341(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <parameter>padding</parameter> argument specifies the width of an extra "
+"border area to leave around the packed widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2346(para)
+msgid ""
+"Instead of the <methodname>pack_start()</methodname> and <methodname>pack_end"
+"()</methodname> methods, you might prefer to use the STL-style API, "
+"available via the <literal>children</literal> method. See the <link linkend="
+"\"sec-stl-style\">STL-style APIs</link> section for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2357(title)
+msgid "Per-container packing options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2360(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Gtk::Box(bool homogeneous = false, int spacing = 0);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2358(para)
+msgid ""
+"Here's the constructor for the box widgets: <placeholder-1/> Passing "
+"<literal>true</literal> for <parameter>homogeneous</parameter> will cause "
+"all of the contained widgets to be the same size. <parameter>spacing</"
+"parameter> is a (minimum) number of pixels to leave between each widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2367(para)
+msgid ""
+"What's the difference between spacing (set when the box is created) and "
+"padding (set when elements are packed)? Spacing is added between objects, "
+"and padding is added on either side of a widget. The following figure should "
+"make it clearer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2375(title)
+msgid "Box Packing 2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2386(para)
+msgid ""
+"Here is the source code for the example that produced the screenshots above. "
+"When you run this example, provide a number between 1 and 3 as a command-"
+"line option, to see different packing options in use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2395(title)
+msgid "ButtonBoxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2397(para)
+msgid ""
+"Button boxes are a convenient way to quickly arrange a group of buttons. "
+"They come in both horizontal (<classname>Gtk::HButtonBox</classname>) and "
+"vertical (<classname>Gtk::VButtonBox</classname>) flavours. They are exactly "
+"alike, except in name and orientation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2404(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>ButtonBox</classname>es help to make applications appear "
+"consistent because they use standard settings, such as inter-button spacing "
+"and packing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2409(para)
+msgid ""
+"Buttons are added to a <classname>ButtonBox</classname> with the "
+"<methodname>add()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2414(para)
+msgid ""
+"Button boxes support several layout styles. The style can be retrieved and "
+"changed using <methodname>get_layout()</methodname> and "
+"<methodname>set_layout()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2426(title)
+msgid "ButtonBox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2439(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2585(title)
+msgid "Table"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2441(para)
+msgid "Tables allows us to place widgets in a grid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2445(title)
+msgid "Constructor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2446(para)
+msgid "The grid's dimensions need to be specified in the constructor:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2449(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Gtk::Table(int rows = 1, int columns = 1, bool homogeneous = false);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2451(para)
+msgid ""
+"The first argument is the number of rows to make in the table, while the "
+"second, obviously, is the number of columns. If <parameter>homogeneous</"
+"parameter> is <literal>true</literal>, the table cells will all be the same "
+"size (the size of the largest widget in the table)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2458(para)
+msgid ""
+"The rows and columns are indexed starting at 0. If you specify "
+"<parameter>rows</parameter> = 2 and <parameter>columns</parameter> = 2, the "
+"layout would look something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2464(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+" 0          1          2\n"
+"0+----------+----------+\n"
+" |          |          |\n"
+"1+----------+----------+\n"
+" |          |          |\n"
+"2+----------+----------+\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2473(para)
+msgid "Note that the coordinate system starts in the upper left hand corner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2479(para)
+msgid "To place a widget into a box, use the following method:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2482(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"void Gtk::Table::attach(Gtk::Widget&amp; child,\n"
+"                        guint left_attach, guint right_attach,\n"
+"                        guint top_attach, guint bottom_attach,\n"
+"                        guint xoptions = Gtk::FILL | Gtk::EXPAND,\n"
+"                        guint yoptions = Gtk::FILL | Gtk::EXPAND,\n"
+"                        guint xpadding = 0, guint ypadding = 0);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2488(para)
+msgid "The first argument is the widget you wish to place in the table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2492(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <parameter>left_attach</parameter> and <parameter>right_attach</"
+"parameter> arguments specify where to place the widget, and how many boxes "
+"to use. For example, if you want a button in the lower-right cell of a 2 x 2 "
+"table, and want it to occupy that cell <emphasis>only</emphasis>, then "
+"<parameter>left_attach</parameter> would be 1, <parameter>right_attach</"
+"parameter> 2, <parameter>top_attach</parameter> 1, and "
+"<parameter>bottom_attach</parameter> 2. If, on the other hand, you wanted a "
+"widget to take up the entire top row of our 2 x 2 table, you'd set "
+"<parameter>left_attach</parameter> = 0, <parameter>right_attach</parameter> "
+"= 2, <parameter>top_attach</parameter> = 0, and <parameter>bottom_attach</"
+"parameter> = 1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2508(para)
+msgid ""
+"<parameter>xoptions</parameter> and <parameter>yoptions</parameter> are used "
+"to specify packing options and may be bitwise ORed together to allow "
+"multiple options. These options are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2518(literal)
+msgid "Gtk::FILL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2520(para)
+msgid ""
+"If the table box is larger than the widget, and <literal>Gtk::FILL</literal> "
+"is specified, the widget will expand to use all the room available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2528(literal)
+msgid "Gtk::SHRINK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2530(para)
+msgid ""
+"If the table widget is allocated less space than it requested (because the "
+"user resized the window), then the widgets will normally just disappear off "
+"the bottom of the window. If <literal>Gtk::SHRINK</literal> is specified, "
+"the widgets will shrink with the table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2541(literal)
+msgid "Gtk::EXPAND"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2543(para)
+msgid ""
+"This will cause the table to expand to use up anyremaining space in the "
+"window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2551(para)
+msgid ""
+"The padding arguments work just as they do for <methodname>pack_start()</"
+"methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2557(title)
+msgid "Other methods"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2559(para)
+msgid ""
+"<methodname>set_row_spacing()</methodname> and <methodname>set_col_spacing()"
+"</methodname> set the spacing between the rows at the specified row or "
+"column. Note that for columns, the space goes to the right of the column, "
+"and for rows, the space goes below the row."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2566(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can also set a consistent spacing for all rows and/or columns with "
+"<methodname>set_row_spacings()</methodname> and <methodname>set_col_spacings"
+"()</methodname>. Note that with these calls, the last row and last column do "
+"not get any spacing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2578(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the following example, we make a window with three buttons in a 2 x 2 "
+"table. The first two buttons will be placed in the upper row. A third button "
+"is placed in the lower row, spanning both columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2598(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2635(title)
+msgid "Notebook"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2600(para)
+msgid ""
+"A <classname>Notebook</classname> has a set of stacked <literal>pages</"
+"literal>, each of which contains widgets. Labelled <literal>tabs</literal> "
+"allow the user to select the pages. <classname>Notebook</classname>s allow "
+"several sets of widgets to be placed in a small space, by only showing one "
+"page at a time. For instance, they are often used in preferences dialogs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2609(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the <methodname>append_page()</methodname>, <methodname>prepend_page()</"
+"methodname> and <methodname>insert_page()</methodname> methods to add tabbed "
+"pages to the <literal>Notebook</literal>, supplying the child widget and the "
+"name for the tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2616(para)
+msgid ""
+"To discover the currently visible page, use the <methodname>get_current_page"
+"()</methodname> method. This returns the page number, and then calling "
+"<methodname>get_nth_page()</methodname> with that number will give you a "
+"pointer to the actual child widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2623(para)
+msgid ""
+"To programmatically change the selected page, use the "
+"<methodname>set_current_page()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2628(para)
+msgid ""
+"There is also an <link linkend=\"sec-notebook-stl-style\">STL-style API</"
+"link> which you might find more obvious."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2646(title)
+msgid "STL-style API"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2647(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>Gtk::Notebook</classname> widget has an STL-style API, "
+"available via the <methodname>pages()</methodname> method, which you might "
+"prefer to use to add and access pages. See the <link linkend=\"sec-stl-style"
+"\">STL-style APIs</link> section for generic information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2653(ulink)
+msgid "PageList Reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2655(para)
+msgid ""
+"To insert pages into a notebook, use the <classname>TabElem</classname> "
+"helper class, like so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2659(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"m_Notebook.pages().push_back(\n"
+"    Gtk::Notebook_Helpers::TabElem(m_ChildWidget, \"tab 1\") );"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2662(para)
+msgid ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://library.gnome.org/devel/gtkmm/unstable/";
+"classGtk_1_1Notebook__Helpers_1_1TabElem.html\">TabElem Reference</ulink>. "
+"TODO: Correct URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2664(para)
+msgid ""
+"To access an existing child widget, you can call <methodname>get_child()</"
+"methodname> on one of the <classname>Page</classname> elements of the "
+"<classname>PageList</classname>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2669(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Gtk::Widget* pWidget = m_Notebook.pages()[2].get_child();"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2676(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2703(title)
+msgid "Assistant"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2678(para)
+msgid ""
+"An <classname>Assistant</classname> splits a complex operation into steps. "
+"Each step is a page, containing a header, a child widget and an action area. "
+"The Assistant's action area has navigation buttons which update "
+"automatically depending on the type of the page, set with "
+"<methodname>set_page_type()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2682(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use the <methodname>append_page()</methodname>, <methodname>prepend_page</"
+"methodname> and <methodname>insert_page()</methodname> methods to add pages "
+"to the <classname>Assistant</classname>, supplying the child widget for each "
+"page."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2686(para)
+msgid ""
+"To determine the currently-visible page, use the <methodname>get_current_page"
+"()</methodname> method, and pass the result to <methodname>get_nth_page()</"
+"methodname>, which returns a pointer to the actual widget. To "
+"programmatically change the current page, use the "
+"<methodname>set_current_page()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2690(para)
+msgid ""
+"To set the title of a page, use the <methodname>set_page_title()</"
+"methodname> method. The header and side images of a page can be set with the "
+"<methodname>set_page_header_image()</methodname> and "
+"<methodname>set_page_side_image()</methodname> methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2694(para)
+msgid ""
+"To add widgets to the action area, use the <methodname>add_action_widget()</"
+"methodname> method. They will be packed alongside the default buttons. Use "
+"the <methodname>remove_action_widget()</methodname> method to remove widgets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2721(title)
+msgid "The TreeView widget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2722(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname> widget can contain lists or trees "
+"of data, in columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2728(title)
+msgid "The Model"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2729(para)
+msgid ""
+"Each <classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname> has an associated <classname>Gtk::"
+"TreeModel</classname>, which contains the data displayed by the "
+"<classname>TreeView</classname>. Each <classname>Gtk::TreeModel</classname> "
+"can be used by more than one <classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname>. For "
+"instance, this allows the same underlying data to be displayed and edited in "
+"2 different ways at the same time. Or the 2 Views might display different "
+"columns from the same Model data, in the same way that 2 SQL queries (or "
+"\"views\") might show different fields from the same database table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2739(para)
+msgid ""
+"Although you can theoretically implement your own Model, you will normally "
+"use either the <classname>ListStore</classname> or <classname>TreeStore</"
+"classname> model classes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2748(title)
+msgid "ListStore, for rows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2749(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>ListStore</classname> contains simple rows of data, and each "
+"row has no children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2755(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3300(title)
+msgid "TreeView - ListStore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2766(title)
+msgid "TreeStore, for a hierarchy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2767(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>TreeStore</classname> contains rows of data, and each row may "
+"have child rows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2773(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3319(title)
+msgid "TreeView - TreeStore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2784(title)
+msgid "Model Columns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2785(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>TreeModelColumnRecord</classname> class is used to keep track "
+"of the columns and their data types. You add <classname>TreeModelColumn</"
+"classname> instances to the <classname>ColumnRecord</classname> and then use "
+"those <classname>TreeModelColumns</classname> when getting and setting the "
+"data in model rows. You will probably find it convenient to derive a new "
+"<classname>TreeModelColumnRecord</classname> which has your "
+"<classname>TreeModelColumn</classname> instances as member data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2796(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"class ModelColumns : public Gtk::TreeModelColumnRecord\n"
+"{\n"
+"public:\n"
+"\n"
+"  ModelColumns()\n"
+"    { add(m_col_text); add(m_col_number); }\n"
+"\n"
+"  Gtk::TreeModelColumn&lt;Glib::ustring&gt; m_col_text;\n"
+"  Gtk::TreeModelColumn&lt;int&gt; m_col_number;\n"
+"};\n"
+"\n"
+"ModelColumns m_Columns;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2809(para)
+msgid ""
+"You specify the <classname>ColumnRecord</classname> when creating the Model, "
+"like so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2813(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::ListStore&gt; refListStore =\n"
+"    Gtk::ListStore::create(m_Columns);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2815(para)
+msgid ""
+"Note that the instance (such as m_Columns here) should usually not be "
+"static, because it often needs to be instantiated after glibmm has been "
+"instantiated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2820(title)
+msgid "Adding Rows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2821(para)
+msgid ""
+"Add rows to the model with the <methodname>append()</methodname>, "
+"<methodname>prepend()</methodname>, or <methodname>insert()</methodname> "
+"methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2825(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter = m_refListStore-&gt;append();"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2826(para)
+msgid "You can dereference the iterator to get the Row:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2828(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Gtk::TreeModel::Row row = *iter;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2829(title)
+msgid "Adding child rows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2830(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::TreeStore</classname> models can have child items. Add them "
+"with the <methodname>append()</methodname>, <methodname>prepend()</"
+"methodname>, or <methodname>insert()</methodname> methods, like so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2835(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter_child =\n"
+"    m_refListStore-&gt;append(row.children());"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2842(title)
+msgid "Setting values"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2843(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can use the <methodname>operator[]</methodname> override to set the data "
+"for a particular column in the row, specifying the "
+"<classname>TreeModelColumn</classname> used to create the model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2848(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "row[m_Columns.m_col_text] = \"sometext\";"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2852(title)
+msgid "Getting values"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2853(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can use the <methodname>operator[]</methodname> override to get the data "
+"in a particular column in a row, specifiying the <classname>TreeModelColumn</"
+"classname> used to create the model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2858(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Glib::ustring strText = row[m_Columns.m_col_text];\n"
+"int number = row[m_Columns.m_col_number];"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2860(para)
+msgid ""
+"The compiler will complain if you use an inappropriate type. For instance, "
+"this would generate a compiler error:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2864(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"//compiler error - no conversion from ustring to int.\n"
+"int number = row[m_Columns.m_col_text];"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2869(title)
+msgid "\"Hidden\" Columns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2870(para)
+msgid ""
+"You might want to associate extra data with each row. If so, just add it as "
+"a Model column, but don't add it to the View."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2879(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3674(title)
+msgid "The View"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2880(para)
+msgid ""
+"The View is the actual widget (<classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname>) that "
+"displays the model (<classname>Gtk::TreeModel</classname>) data and allows "
+"the user to interact with it. The View can show all of the model's columns, "
+"or just some, and it can show them in various ways."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2890(title)
+msgid "Using a Model"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2891(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can specify a <classname>Gtk::TreeModel</classname> when constructing "
+"the <classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname>, or you can use the "
+"<methodname>set_model()</methodname> method, like so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2896(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "m_TreeView.set_model(m_refListStore);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2900(title)
+msgid "Adding View Columns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2901(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can use the <methodname>append_column()</methodname> method to tell the "
+"View that it should display certain Model columns, in a certain order, with "
+"a certain column title."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2906(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "m_TreeView.append_column(\"Messages\", m_Columns.m_col_text);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2907(para)
+msgid ""
+"When using this simple <methodname>append_column()</methodname> override, "
+"the <classname>TreeView</classname> will display the model data with an "
+"appropriate <classname>CellRenderer</classname>. For instance, strings and "
+"numbers are shown in a simple <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname> widget, and "
+"booleans are shown in a <classname>Gtk::CheckButton</classname>. This is "
+"usually what you need. For other column types you must either connect a "
+"callback that converts your type into a string representation, with "
+"<methodname>TreeViewColumn::set_cell_data_func()</methodname>, or derive a "
+"custom <classname>CellRenderer</classname>. Note that (unsigned) short is "
+"not supported by default - You could use (unsigned) int or (unsigned) long "
+"as the column type instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2923(title)
+msgid "More than one Model Column per View Column"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2924(para)
+msgid ""
+"To render more than one model column in a view column, you need to create "
+"the <classname>TreeView::Column</classname> widget manually, and use "
+"<methodname>pack_start()</methodname> to add the model columns to it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2930(para)
+msgid ""
+"Then use <methodname>append_column()</methodname> to add the view Column to "
+"the View. Notice that <methodname>Gtk::View::append_column()</methodname> is "
+"overridden to accept either a prebuilt <classname>Gtk::View::Column</"
+"classname> widget, or just the <classname>TreeModelColumn</classname> from "
+"which it generates an appropriate <classname>Gtk::View::Column</classname> "
+"widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2937(para)
+msgid ""
+"Here is some example code from <filename>demos/gtk-demo/example_stockbrowser."
+"cc</filename>, which has a pixbuf icon and a text name in the same column:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2942(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Gtk::TreeView::Column* pColumn =\n"
+"    Gtk::manage( new Gtk::TreeView::Column(\"Symbol\") );\n"
+"\n"
+"// m_columns.icon and m_columns.symbol are columns in the model.\n"
+"// pColumn is the column in the TreeView:\n"
+"pColumn-&gt;pack_start(m_columns.icon, false); //false = don't expand.\n"
+"pColumn-&gt;pack_start(m_columns.symbol);\n"
+"\n"
+"m_TreeView.append_column(*pColumn);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2954(title)
+msgid "Specifying CellRenderer details"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2955(para)
+msgid ""
+"The default <classname>CellRenderers</classname> and their default behaviour "
+"will normally suffice, but you might occasionally need finer control. For "
+"instance, this example code from <filename>demos/gtk-demo/example_treestore."
+"cc</filename>, manually constructs a <classname>Gtk::CellRenderer</"
+"classname> widget and instructs it to render the data from various model "
+"columns through various aspects of its appearance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2963(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Gtk::CellRendererToggle* pRenderer =\n"
+"    Gtk::manage( new Gtk::CellRendererToggle() );\n"
+"int cols_count = m_TreeView.append_column(\"Alex\", *pRenderer);\n"
+"Gtk::TreeViewColumn* pColumn = m_TreeView.get_column(cols_count-1);\n"
+"if(pColumn)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  pColumn-&gt;add_attribute(pRenderer-&gt;property_active(),\n"
+"      m_columns.alex);\n"
+"  pColumn-&gt;add_attribute(pRenderer-&gt;property_visible(),\n"
+"      m_columns.visible);\n"
+"  pColumn-&gt;add_attribute(pRenderer-&gt;property_activatable(),\n"
+"      m_columns.world);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2976(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can also connect to <classname>CellRenderer</classname> signals to "
+"detect user actions. For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2980(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Gtk::CellRendererToggle* pRenderer =\n"
+"    Gtk::manage( new Gtk::CellRendererToggle() );\n"
+"pRenderer-&gt;signal_toggled().connect(\n"
+"    sigc::bind( sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
+"        &amp;Example_TreeView_TreeStore::on_cell_toggled), m_columns.dave)\n"
+");"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2989(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3329(title)
+msgid "Editable Cells"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2992(title)
+msgid "Automatically-stored editable cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:2993(para)
+msgid ""
+"Cells in a <classname>TreeView</classname> can be edited in-place by the "
+"user. To allow this, use the <classname>Gtk::TreeView</"
+"classname><methodname>insert_column_editable()</methodname> and "
+"<methodname>append_column_editable()</methodname> methods instead of "
+"<methodname>insert_column()</methodname> and <methodname>append_column()</"
+"methodname>. When these cells are edited the new values will be stored "
+"immediately in the Model. Note that these methods are templates which can "
+"only be instantiated for simple column types such as <classname>Glib::"
+"ustring</classname>, int, and long."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3007(title)
+msgid "Implementing custom logic for editable cells."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3008(para)
+msgid ""
+"However, you might not want the new values to be stored immediately. For "
+"instance, maybe you want to restrict the input to certain characters or "
+"ranges of values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3013(para)
+msgid ""
+"To achieve this, you should use the normal <classname>Gtk::TreeView</"
+"classname><methodname>insert_column()</methodname> and "
+"<methodname>append_column()</methodname> methods, then use "
+"<methodname>get_column_cell_renderer()</methodname> to get the "
+"<classname>Gtk::CellRenderer</classname> used by that column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3019(para)
+msgid ""
+"You should then cast that <classname>Gtk::CellRenderer*</classname> to the "
+"specific <classname>CellRenderer</classname> that you expect, so you can use "
+"specific API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3023(para)
+msgid ""
+"For instance, for a CellRendererText, you would set the cell's "
+"<emphasis>editable</emphasis> property to true, like so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3026(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "cell.property_editable() = true;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3027(para)
+msgid ""
+"For a CellRendererToggle, you would set the <emphasis>activatable</emphasis> "
+"property instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3031(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can then connect to the appropriate \"edited\" signal. For instance, "
+"connect to <methodname>Gtk::CellRendererText::signal_edited()</methodname>, "
+"or <methodname>Gtk::CellRendererToggle::signal_toggled()</methodname>. If "
+"the column contains more than one <classname>CellRenderer</classname> then "
+"you will need to use <methodname>Gtk::TreeView::get_column()</methodname> "
+"and then call <methodname>get_cell_renderers()</methodname> on that view "
+"Column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3039(para)
+msgid ""
+"In your signal handler, you should examine the new value and then store it "
+"in the Model if that is appropriate for your application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3051(title)
+msgid "Iterating over Model Rows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3052(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::TreeModel</classname> provides an STL-style container of its "
+"children, via the <methodname>children()</methodname> method. You can use "
+"the familiar <methodname>begin()</methodname> and <methodname>end()</"
+"methodname> methods iterator incrementing, like so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3058(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"typedef Gtk::TreeModel::Children type_children; //minimise code length.\n"
+"type_children children = refModel-&gt;children();\n"
+"for(type_children::iterator iter = children.begin();\n"
+"    iter != children.end(); ++iter)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  Gtk::TreeModel::Row row = *iter;\n"
+"  //Do something with the row - see above for set/get.\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3068(title)
+msgid "Row children"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3074(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Gtk::TreeModel::Children children = row.children();"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3069(para)
+msgid ""
+"When using a <classname>Gtk::TreeStore</classname>, the rows can have child "
+"rows, which can have their own children in turn. Use <methodname>Gtk::"
+"TreeModel::Row::children()</methodname> to get the STL-style container of "
+"child <classname>Row</classname>s: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3081(title)
+msgid "The Selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3082(para)
+msgid ""
+"To find out what rows the user has selected, get the <classname>Gtk::"
+"TreeView::Selection</classname> object from the <classname>TreeView</"
+"classname>, like so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3087(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeSelection&gt; refTreeSelection =\n"
+"    m_TreeView.get_selection();"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3091(title)
+msgid "Single or multiple selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3095(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "refTreeSelection-&gt;set_mode(Gtk::SELECTION_MULTIPLE);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3092(para)
+msgid ""
+"By default, only single rows can be selected, but you can allow multiple "
+"selection by setting the mode, like so: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3100(title)
+msgid "The selected rows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3101(para)
+msgid ""
+"For single-selection, you can just call <methodname>get_selected()</"
+"methodname>, like so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3105(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"TreeModel::iterator iter = refTreeSelection-&gt;get_selected();\n"
+"if(iter) //If anything is selected\n"
+"{\n"
+"  TreeModel::Row row = *iter;\n"
+"  //Do something with the row.\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3112(para)
+msgid ""
+"For multiple-selection, you need to define a callback, and give it to "
+"<methodname>selected_foreach()</methodname>, "
+"<methodname>selected_foreach_path()</methodname>, or "
+"<methodname>selected_foreach_iter()</methodname>, like so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3118(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"refTreeSelection-&gt;selected_foreach_iter(\n"
+"    sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;TheClass::selected_row_callback) );\n"
+"\n"
+"void TheClass::selected_row_callback(\n"
+"    const Gtk::TreeModel::iterator&amp; iter)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  TreeModel::Row row = *iter;\n"
+"  //Do something with the row.\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3131(title)
+msgid "The \"changed\" signal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3132(para)
+msgid ""
+"To respond to the user clicking on a row or range of rows, connect to the "
+"signal like so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3136(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"refTreeSelection-&gt;signal_changed().connect(\n"
+"    sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;Example_StockBrowser::on_selection_changed)\n"
+");"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3142(title)
+msgid "Preventing row selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3143(para)
+msgid ""
+"Maybe the user should not be able to select every item in your list or tree. "
+"For instance, in the gtk-demo, you can select a demo to see the source code, "
+"but it doesn't make any sense to select a demo category."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3148(para)
+msgid ""
+"To control which rows can be selected, use the "
+"<methodname>set_select_function()</methodname> method, providing a "
+"<classname>sigc::slot</classname> callback. For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3153(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"m_refTreeSelection-&gt;set_select_function( sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
+"    &amp;DemoWindow::select_function) );"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3155(para)
+msgid "and then"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3158(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"bool DemoWindow::select_function(\n"
+"    const Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeModel&gt;&amp; model,\n"
+"    const Gtk::TreeModel::Path&amp; path, bool)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  const Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter = model-&gt;get_iter(path);\n"
+"  return iter-&gt;children().empty(); // only allow leaf nodes to be selected\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3168(title)
+msgid "Changing the selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3169(para)
+msgid ""
+"To change the selection, specify a <classname>Gtk::TreeModel::iterator</"
+"classname> or <classname>Gtk::TreeModel::Row</classname>, like so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3174(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Gtk::TreeModel::Row row = m_refModel-&gt;children()[5]; //The fifth row.\n"
+"if(row)\n"
+"  refTreeSelection-&gt;select(row);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3177(para)
+msgid "or"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3180(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter = m_refModel-&gt;children().begin()\n"
+"if(iter)\n"
+"  refTreeSelection-&gt;select(iter);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3189(title)
+msgid "Sorting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3190(para)
+msgid ""
+"The standard tree models (<classname>TreeStore</classname> and "
+"<classname>ListStore</classname> derive from <classname>TreeSortable</"
+"classname>, so they offer sorting functionality. For instance, call "
+"<methodname>set_sort_column()</methodname>, to sort the model by the "
+"specified column. Or supply a callback function to <methodname>set_sort_func"
+"()</methodname> to implement a more complicated sorting algorithm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3194(ulink)
+msgid "TreeSortable Reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3197(title)
+msgid "Sorting by clicking on columns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3198(para)
+msgid ""
+"So that a user can click on a <classname>TreeView</classname>'s column "
+"header to sort the <classname>TreeView</classname>'s contents, call "
+"<methodname>Gtk::TreeViewModel::set_sort_column()</methodname>, supplying "
+"the model column on which model should be sorted when the header is clicked. "
+"For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3201(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Gtk::TreeView::Column* pColumn = treeview.get_column(0);\n"
+"if(pColumn)\n"
+"  pColumn-&gt;set_sort_column(m_columns.m_col_id);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3207(title)
+msgid "Independently sorted views of the same model"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3208(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>TreeView</classname> already allows you to show the same "
+"<classname>TreeModel</classname> in two <classname>TreeView</classname> "
+"widgets. If you need one of these TreeViews to sort the model differently "
+"than the other then you should use a <classname>TreeModelSort</classname> "
+"instead of just, for instance, <methodname>Gtk::TreeViewModel::"
+"set_sort_column()</methodname>. <classname>TreeModelSort</classname> is a "
+"model that contains another model, presenting a sorted version of that "
+"model. For instance, you might add a sorted version of a model to a "
+"<classname>TreeView</classname> like so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3211(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeModelSort&gt; sorted_model =\n"
+"    Gtk::TreeModelSort::create(model);\n"
+"sorted_model-&gt;set_sort_column(columns.m_col_name, Gtk::SORT_ASCENDING);\n"
+"treeview.set_model(sorted_model);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3216(para)
+msgid ""
+"Note, however, that the TreeView will provide iterators to the sorted model. "
+"You must convert them to iterators to the underlying child model in order to "
+"perform actions on that model. For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3218(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"void ExampleWindow::on_button_delete()\n"
+"{\n"
+"  Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeSelection&gt; refTreeSelection =\n"
+"      m_treeview.get_selection();\n"
+"  if(refTreeSelection)\n"
+"  {\n"
+"    Gtk::TreeModel::iterator sorted_iter =\n"
+"        m_refTreeSelection-&gt;get_selected();\n"
+"    if(sorted_iter)\n"
+"    {\n"
+"      Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter =\n"
+"          m_refModelSort-&gt;convert_iter_to_child_iter(sorted_iter);\n"
+"      m_refModel-&gt;erase(iter);\n"
+"    }\n"
+"  }\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3235(ulink)
+msgid "TreeModelSort Reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3241(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3348(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3980(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4977(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5137(title)
+msgid "Drag and Drop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3242(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname> already implments simple drag-and-drop "
+"when used with the <classname>Gtk::ListStore</classname> or <classname>Gtk::"
+"TreeStore</classname> models. If necessary, it also allows you to implement "
+"more complex behaviour when items are dragged and dropped, using the normal "
+"<link linkend=\"chapter-draganddrop\">Drag and Drop</link> API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3251(title)
+msgid "Reorderable rows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3252(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you call <methodname>Gtk::TreeView::set_reorderable()</methodname> then "
+"your TreeView's items can be moved within the treeview itself. This is "
+"demonstrated in the <classname>TreeStore</classname> example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3257(para)
+msgid ""
+"However, this does not allow you any control of which items can be dragged, "
+"and where they can be dropped. If you need that extra control then you might "
+"create a derived <literal>Gtk::TreeModel</literal> from <literal>Gtk::"
+"TreeStore</literal> or <literal>Gtk::ListStore</literal> and override the "
+"<literal>Gtk::TreeDragSource::row_draggable()</literal> and <literal>Gdk::"
+"TreeDragDest::row_drop_possible()</literal> virtual methods. You can examine "
+"the <literal>Gtk::TreeModel::Path</literal>s provided and allow or disallow "
+"dragging or dropping by return <literal>true</literal> or <literal>false</"
+"literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3258(para)
+msgid "This is demonstrated in the drag_and_drop example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3264(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3370(title)
+msgid "Popup Context Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3265(para)
+msgid ""
+"Lots of people need to implement right-click context menus for "
+"<classname>TreeView</classname>'s so we will explain how to do that here to "
+"save you some time. Apart from one or two points, it's much the same as a "
+"normal context menu, as described in the <link linkend=\"sec-menus-popup"
+"\">menus chapter</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3274(title)
+msgid "Handling <literal>button_press_event</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3275(para)
+msgid ""
+"To detect a click of the right mouse button, you need to handle the "
+"<literal>button_press_event</literal> signal, and check exactly which button "
+"was pressed. Because the <classname>TreeView</classname> normally handles "
+"this signal completely, you need to either override the default signal "
+"handler in a derived <classname>TreeView</classname> class, or use "
+"<methodname>connect_nofify()</methodname> instead of <methodname>connect()</"
+"methodname>. You probably also want to call the default handler before doing "
+"anything else, so that the right-click will cause the row to be selected "
+"first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3285(para)
+msgid "This is demonstrated in the Popup Custom Menu example."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3290(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3741(title)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3916(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5286(title)
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3292(title)
+msgid "ListStore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3293(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example has a <classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname> widget, with a "
+"<classname>Gtk::ListStore</classname> model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3310(title)
+msgid "TreeStore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3312(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example is very similar to the <classname>ListStore</classname> "
+"example, but uses a <classname>Gtk::TreeStore</classname> model instead, and "
+"adds children to the rows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3331(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example is identical to the <classname>ListStore</classname> example, "
+"but it uses <methodname>TreeView::append_column_editable()</methodname> "
+"instead of <methodname>TreeView::append_column()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3338(title)
+msgid "TreeView - Editable Cells"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3350(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example is much like the <classname>TreeStore</classname> example, but "
+"has 2 extra columns to indicate whether the row can be dragged, and whether "
+"it can receive drag-and-dropped rows. It uses a derived <classname>Gtk::"
+"TreeStore</classname> which overrides the virtual functions as described in "
+"the <link linkend=\"sec-treeview-draganddrop\">TreeView Drag and Drop</link> "
+"section.."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3360(title)
+msgid "TreeView - Drag And Drop"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3372(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example is much like the <classname>ListStore</classname> example, but "
+"derives a custom <classname>TreeView</classname> in order to override the "
+"<literal>button_press_event</literal>, and also to encapsulate the tree "
+"model code in our derived class. See the <link linkend=\"sec-treeview-"
+"contextmenu\">TreeView Popup Context Menu</link> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3382(title)
+msgid "TreeView - Popup Context Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3399(title)
+msgid "Combo Boxes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3401(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>ComboBox</classname> widgets offers a list (or tree) of "
+"choices in a dropdown menu. If appropriate, it can show extra information "
+"about each item, such as text, a picture, a checkbox, or a progress bar. The "
+"<classname>ComboBox</classname> widget usually restricts the user to the "
+"available choices, but it can optionally have an <classname>Entry</"
+"classname>, allowing the user to enter arbitrary text if the none of the "
+"available choices are suitable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3404(para)
+msgid ""
+"The list is provided via a <classname>TreeModel</classname>, and columns "
+"from this model are added to the ComboBox's view with the "
+"<methodname>ComboBox::pack_start()</methodname> method. This provides "
+"flexibility and compile-time type-safety, but the <classname>ComboBoxText</"
+"classname> class provides a simpler text-based specialization in case that "
+"flexibility is not required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3410(title)
+msgid "The model"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3411(para)
+msgid ""
+"The model for a ComboBox can be defined and filled exactly as for a "
+"<classname>TreeView</classname>. For instance, you might derive a ComboBox "
+"class with one integer and one text columns, like so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3413(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"ModelColumns()\n"
+"{ add(m_col_id); add(m_col_name); }\n"
+"\n"
+"  Gtk::TreeModelColumn&lt;int&gt; m_col_id;\n"
+"  Gtk::TreeModelColumn&lt;Glib::ustring&gt; m_col_name;\n"
+"};\n"
+"\n"
+"ModelColumns m_columns;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3422(para)
+msgid ""
+"After appending rows to this model, you should provide the model to the "
+"<classname>ComboBox</classname> with the <methodname>set_model()</"
+"methodname> method. Then use the <methodname>pack_start()</methodname> or "
+"<methodname>pack_end()</methodname> methods to specify what methods will be "
+"displayed in the ComboBox. As with the TreeView you may either use the "
+"default cell renderer by passing the <classname>TreeModelColumn</classname> "
+"to the pack methods, or you may instantiate a specific "
+"<classname>CellRenderer</classname> and specify a particular mapping with "
+"either <methodname>add_attribute()</methodname> or "
+"<methodname>set_cell_data_func()</methodname>. Note that these methods are "
+"in the <classname>CellLayout</classname> base class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3426(title)
+msgid "The chosen item"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3427(para)
+msgid ""
+"To discover what item, if any, the user has chosen from the ComboBox, call "
+"<methodname>ComboBox::get_active()</methodname>. This returns a "
+"<classname>TreeModel::iterator</classname> that you can dereference to a "
+"<classname>Row</classname> in order to read the values in your columns. For "
+"instance, you might read an integer ID value from the model, even though you "
+"have chosen only to show the human-readable description in the Combo. For "
+"instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3429(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Gtk::TreeModel::iterator iter = m_Combo.get_active();\n"
+"if(iter)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  Gtk::TreeModel::Row row = *iter;\n"
+"\n"
+"  //Get the data for the selected row, using our knowledge\n"
+"  //of the tree model:\n"
+"  int id = row[m_Columns.m_col_id];\n"
+"  set_something_id_chosen(id); //Your own function.\n"
+"}\n"
+"else\n"
+"  set_nothing_chosen(); //Your own function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3444(title)
+msgid "Responding to changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3445(para)
+msgid ""
+"You might need to react to every change of selection in the ComboBox, for "
+"instance to update other widgets. To do so, you should handle the \"changed"
+"\" signal. For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3448(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"m_combo.signal_changed().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
+"      &amp;ExampleWindow::on_combo_changed) );"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3452(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3499(title)
+msgid "Full Example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3455(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3468(title)
+msgid "ComboBox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3465(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3512(title)
+msgid "Simple Text Example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3479(title)
+msgid "ComboBox with an Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3481(para)
+msgid ""
+"A <classname>ComboBox</classname> may contain an <classname>Entry</"
+"classname> widget for entering of arbitrary text, by specifying true for the "
+"constructor's <literal>has_entry</literal> parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3484(title)
+msgid "The text column"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3486(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "m_combo.set_text_column(m_columns.m_col_name);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3485(para)
+msgid ""
+"So that the Entry can interact with the drop-down list of choices, you must "
+"specify which of your model columns are the text column, with "
+"<methodname>set_text_column()</methodname>. For instance: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3488(para)
+msgid ""
+"When you select a choice from the drop-down menu, the value from this column "
+"will be placed in the <classname>Entry</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3494(title)
+msgid "The entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3495(para)
+msgid ""
+"Because the user may enter arbitrary text, an active model row isn't enough "
+"to tell us what text the user has inputted. Therefore, you should retrieve "
+"the <classname>Entry</classname> widget with the <methodname>ComboBoxEntry::"
+"get_entry()</methodname> method and call <methodname>get_text()</methodname> "
+"on that."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3502(title)
+msgid "ComboBoxEntry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3515(title)
+msgid "ComboBoxEntryText"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3534(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3746(title)
+msgid "TextView"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3535(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>TextView</classname> widget can be used to display and edit "
+"large amounts of formatted text. Like the <classname>TreeView</classname>, "
+"it has a model/view design. In this case the <classname>TextBuffer</"
+"classname> is the model."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3543(title)
+msgid "The Buffer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3544(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::TextBuffer</classname> is a model containing the data for "
+"the <classname>Gtk::TextView</classname>, like the <classname>Gtk::"
+"TreeModel</classname> used by <classname>Gtk::TreeView</classname>. This "
+"allows two or more <classname>Gtk::TextView</classname>s to share the same "
+"<classname>TextBuffer</classname>, and allows those TextBuffers to be "
+"displayed slightly differently. Or you could maintain several "
+"<classname>Gtk::TextBuffer</classname>s and choose to display each one at "
+"different times in the same <classname>Gtk::TextView</classname> widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3554(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>TextView</classname> creates its own default "
+"<classname>TextBuffer</classname>, which you can access via the "
+"<methodname>get_buffer()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3563(title)
+msgid "Iterators"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3569(title)
+msgid "Tags and Formatting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3572(title)
+msgid "Tags"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3573(para)
+msgid ""
+"To specify that some text in the buffer should have specific formatting, you "
+"must define a tag to hold that formatting information, and then apply that "
+"tag to the region of text. For instance, to define the tag and its "
+"properties:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3576(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TextBuffer::Tag&gt; refTagMatch =\n"
+"    Gtk::TextBuffer::Tag::create();\n"
+"refTagMatch-&gt;property_background() = \"orange\";"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3579(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can specify a name for the <classname>Tag</classname> when using the "
+"<methodname>create()</methodname> method, but it is not necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3584(para)
+msgid "The <classname>Tag</classname> class has many other properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3593(title)
+msgid "TagTable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3595(para)
+msgid ""
+"Each <classname>Gtk::TextBuffer</classname> uses a <classname>Gtk::"
+"TextBuffer::TagTable</classname>, which contains the <classname>Tag</"
+"classname>s for that buffer. 2 or more <classname>TextBuffer</classname>s "
+"may share the same <classname>TagTable</classname>. When you create "
+"<classname>Tag</classname>s you should add them to the <classname>TagTable</"
+"classname>. For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3603(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TextBuffer::TagTable&gt; refTagTable =\n"
+"    Gtk::TextBuffer::TagTable::create();\n"
+"refTagTable-&gt;add(refTagMatch);\n"
+"//Hopefully a future version of <application>gtkmm</application> will have a set_tag_table() method,\n"
+"//for use after creation of the buffer.\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TextBuffer&gt; refBuffer =\n"
+"    Gtk::TextBuffer::create(refTagTable);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3611(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can also use <methodname>get_tag_table()</methodname> to get, and maybe "
+"modify, the <classname>TextBuffer</classname>'s default <classname>TagTable</"
+"classname> instead of creating one explicitly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3622(title)
+msgid "Applying Tags"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3623(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you have created a <classname>Tag</classname> and added it to the "
+"<classname>TagTable</classname>, you may apply that tag to part of the "
+"<classname>TextBuffer</classname> so that some of the text is displayed with "
+"that formatting. You define the start and end of the range of text by "
+"specifying <classname>Gtk::TextBuffer::iterator</classname>s. For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3630(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "refBuffer-&gt;apply_tag(refTagMatch, iterRangeStart, iterRangeStop);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3631(para)
+msgid ""
+"Or you could specify the tag when first inserting the text: refBuffer-&gt;"
+"insert_with_tag(iter, \"Some text\", refTagMatch);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3636(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can apply more than one <classname>Tag</classname> to the same text, by "
+"using <methodname>apply_tag()</methodname> more than once, or by using "
+"<methodname>insert_with_tags()</methodname>. The <classname>Tag</classname>s "
+"might specify different values for the same properties, but you can resolve "
+"these conflicts by using <methodname>Tag::set_priority()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3648(title)
+msgid "Marks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3649(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>TextBuffer</classname> iterators are generally invalidated when "
+"the text changes, but you can use a <classname>Gtk::TextBuffer::Mark</"
+"classname> to remember a position in these situations. For instance,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3654(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TextBuffer::Mark&gt; refMark =\n"
+"    refBuffer-&gt;create_mark(iter);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3657(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can then use the <methodname>get_iter()</methodname> method later to "
+"create an iterator for the <classname>Mark</classname>'s new position."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3662(para)
+msgid ""
+"There are two built-in <classname>Mark</classname>s - <literal>insert</"
+"literal> and <literal>select_bound</literal>, which you can access with "
+"<classname>TextBuffer</classname>'s <methodname>get_insert()</methodname> "
+"and <methodname>get_selection_bound()</methodname> methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3675(para)
+msgid ""
+"As mentioned above, each <classname>TextView</classname> has a "
+"<classname>TextBuffer</classname>, and one or more <classname>TextView</"
+"classname> can share the same <classname>TextBuffer</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3682(para)
+msgid ""
+"Like the <classname>TreeView</classname>, you should probably put your "
+"<classname>TextView</classname> inside a <classname>ScrolledWindow</"
+"classname> to allow the user to see and move around the whole text area with "
+"scrollbars."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3692(title)
+msgid "Default formatting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3693(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>TextView</classname> has various methods which allow you to "
+"change the presentation of the buffer for this particular view. Some of "
+"these may be overridden by the <classname>Gtk::TextTag</classname>s in the "
+"buffer, if they specify the same things. For instance, "
+"<methodname>set_left_margin()</methodname>, <methodname>set_right_margin()</"
+"methodname>, <methodname>set_indent()</methodname>, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3704(title)
+msgid "Scrolling"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3705(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::TextView</classname> has various <methodname>scroll_to_*()</"
+"methodname> methods. These allow you to ensure that a particular part of the "
+"text buffer is visible. For instance, your application's Find feature might "
+"use <methodname>Gtk::TextView::scroll_to_iter()</methodname> to show the "
+"found text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3720(title)
+msgid "Widgets and ChildAnchors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3721(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can embed widgets, such as <classname>Gtk::Button</classname>s, in the "
+"text. Each such child widget needs a <classname>ChildAnchor</classname>. "
+"ChildAnchors are associated with <classname>iterators</classname>. For "
+"instance, to create a child anchor at a particular position, use "
+"<methodname>Gtk::TextBuffer::create_child_anchor()</methodname>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3728(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TextChildAnchor&gt; refAnchor =\n"
+"    refBuffer-&gt;create_child_anchor(iter);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3731(para)
+msgid ""
+"Then, to add a widget at that position, use <methodname>Gtk::TextView::"
+"add_child_at_anchor()</methodname>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3735(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "m_TextView.add_child_at_anchor(m_Button, refAnchor);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3761(title)
+msgid "Menus and Toolbars"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3763(para)
+msgid ""
+"There are specific APIs for Menus and toolbars, but you should usually deal "
+"with them together, using the <classname>UIManager</classname> to define "
+"<classname>Action</classname>s which you can then arrange in menu and "
+"toolbars. In this way you can handle activation of the action instead of "
+"responding to the menu and toolbar items separately. And you can enable or "
+"disable both the menu and toolbar item via the action."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3771(para)
+msgid ""
+"This involves the use of the <classname>Gtk::ActionGroup</classname>, "
+"<classname>Gtk::Action</classname>, and <classname>UIManager</classname> "
+"classes, all of which should be instantiated via their <methodname>create()</"
+"methodname> methods, which return <classname>RefPtr</classname>s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3780(title)
+msgid "Actions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3781(para)
+msgid ""
+"First create the <classname>Action</classname>s and add them to an "
+"<classname>ActionGroup</classname>, with <methodname>ActionGroup::add()</"
+"methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3787(para)
+msgid ""
+"The arguments to <methodname>Action::create()</methodname> specify the "
+"action's name and how it will appear in menus and toolbars. Use stock items "
+"where possible so that you don't need to specify the label, accelerator, "
+"icon, and tooltips, and so you can use pre-existing translations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3793(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can also specify a signal handler when calling <methodname>ActionGroup::"
+"add()</methodname>. This signal handler will be called when the action is "
+"activated via either a menu item or a toolbar button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3798(para)
+msgid "Note that you must specify actions for sub menus as well as menu items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3800(para)
+msgid "For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3802(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"m_refActionGroup = Gtk::ActionGroup::create();\n"
+"\n"
+"m_refActionGroup-&gt;add( Gtk::Action::create(\"MenuFile\", \"_File\") );\n"
+"m_refActionGroup-&gt;add( Gtk::Action::create(\"New\", Gtk::Stock::NEW),\n"
+"  sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_action_file_new) );\n"
+"m_refActionGroup-&gt;add( Gtk::Action::create(\"ExportData\", \"Export Data\"),\n"
+"  sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_action_file_open) );\n"
+"m_refActionGroup-&gt;add( Gtk::Action::create(\"Quit\", Gtk::Stock::QUIT),\n"
+"  sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_action_file_quit) );"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3812(para)
+msgid ""
+"Note that this is where we specify the names of the actions as they will be "
+"seen by users in menus and toolbars. Therefore, this is where you should "
+"make strings translatable, by putting them inside the _() macro. When we use "
+"the Gtk::Stock items, of course, translations are automatically available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3817(title)
+msgid "UIManager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3818(para)
+msgid ""
+"Next you should create a <classname>UIManager</classname> and add the "
+"<classname>ActionGroup</classname> to the <classname>UIManager</classname> "
+"with <methodname>insert_action_group()</methodname> At this point is also a "
+"good idea to tell the parent window to respond to the specified keyboard "
+"shortcuts, by using <methodname>add_accel_group()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3826(para) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5204(para)
+msgid "For instance,"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3828(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::UIManager&gt; m_refUIManager =\n"
+"    Gtk::UIManager::create();\n"
+"m_refUIManager-&gt;insert_action_group(m_refActionGroup);\n"
+"add_accel_group(m_refUIManager-&gt;get_accel_group());"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3832(para)
+msgid ""
+"Then, you can define the actual visible layout of the menus and toolbars, "
+"and add the UI layout to the <classname>UIManager</classname>. This \"ui "
+"string\" uses an XML format, in which you should mention the names of the "
+"actions that you have already created. For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3838(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Glib::ustring ui_info =\n"
+"    \"&lt;ui&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"  &lt;menubar name='MenuBar'&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"    &lt;menu action='MenuFile'&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"      &lt;menuitem action='New'/&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"      &lt;menuitem action='Open'/&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"      &lt;separator/&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"      &lt;menuitem action='Quit'/&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"    &lt;/menu&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"    &lt;menu action='MenuEdit'&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"      &lt;menuitem action='Cut'/&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"      &lt;menuitem action='Copy'/&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"      &lt;menuitem action='Paste'/&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"    &lt;/menu&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"  &lt;/menubar&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"  &lt;toolbar  name='ToolBar'&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"    &lt;toolitem action='Open'/&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"    &lt;toolitem action='Quit'/&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"  &lt;/toolbar&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"&lt;/ui&gt;\";\n"
+"\n"
+"m_refUIManager-&gt;add_ui_from_string(ui_info);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3861(para)
+msgid ""
+"Remember that these names are just the identifiers that we used when "
+"creating the actions. They are not the text that the user will see in the "
+"menus and toolbars. We provided those human-readable names when we created "
+"the actions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3862(para)
+msgid ""
+"To instantiate a <classname>Gtk::MenuBar</classname> or <classname>Gtk::"
+"Toolbar</classname> which you can actually show, you should use the "
+"<methodname>UIManager::get_widget()</methodname> method, and then add the "
+"widget to a container. For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3868(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Gtk::Widget* pMenubar = m_refUIManager-&gt;get_widget(\"/MenuBar\");\n"
+"pBox-&gt;add(*pMenuBar, Gtk::PACK_SHRINK);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3874(title)
+msgid "Popup Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3875(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Menus</classname> are normally just added to a window, but they "
+"can also be displayed temporarily as the result of a mouse button click. For "
+"instance, a context menu might be displayed when the user clicks their right "
+"mouse button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3882(para)
+msgid ""
+"The UI layout for a popup menu should use the <literal>popup</literal> node. "
+"For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3884(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Glib::ustring ui_info =\n"
+"    \"&lt;ui&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"  &lt;popup name='PopupMenu'&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"    &lt;menuitem action='ContextEdit'/&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"    &lt;menuitem action='ContextProcess'/&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"    &lt;menuitem action='ContextRemove'/&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"  &lt;/popup&gt;\"\n"
+"    \"&lt;/ui&gt;\";\n"
+"\n"
+"m_refUIManager-&gt;add_ui_from_string(ui_info);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3895(para)
+msgid ""
+"To show the popup menu, use <classname>Gtk::Menu</classname>'s "
+"<methodname>popup()</methodname> method, providing the button identifier and "
+"the time of activation, as provided by the <literal>button_press_event</"
+"literal> signal, which you will need to handle anyway. For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3901(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"bool ExampleWindow::on_button_press_event(GdkEventButton* event)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  if( (event-&gt;type == GDK_BUTTON_PRESS) &amp;&amp;\n"
+"      (event-&gt;button == 3) )\n"
+"  {\n"
+"    m_Menu_Popup-&gt;popup(event-&gt;button, event-&gt;time);\n"
+"    return true; //It has been handled.\n"
+"  }\n"
+"  else\n"
+"    return false;\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3918(title)
+msgid "Main Menu example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3921(title)
+msgid "Main Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3931(title)
+msgid "Popup Menu example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3934(title)
+msgid "Popup Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3949(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3990(title)
+msgid "ToolPalette"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3951(para)
+msgid ""
+"A <classname>ToolPalette</classname> is similar to a <classname>Toolbar</"
+"classname> but can contain a grid of items, categorized into groups. The "
+"user may hide or expand each group. As in a toolbar, the items may be "
+"displayed as only icons, as only text, or as icons with text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3953(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>ToolPalette</classname>'s items might be dragged or simply "
+"activated. For instance, the user might drag objects to a canvas to create "
+"new items there. Or the user might click an item to activate a certain brush "
+"size in a drawing application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3954(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>ToolItemGroup</classname>s should be added to the tool pallete "
+"via the base class's <function>Gtk::Container::add()</function> method, for "
+"instance like so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3957(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Gtk::ToolItemGroup* group_brushes =\n"
+"  Gtk::manage(new Gtk::ToolItemGroup(\"Brushes\"));\n"
+"m_ToolPalette.add(*group_brushes);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3963(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::ToolItem</classname>s can then be added to the group. For "
+"instance, like so:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3967(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Gtk::ToolButton* button = Gtk::manage(new Gtk::ToolButton(icon, \"Big\"));\n"
+"button-&gt;set_tooltip_text(\"Big Brush);\n"
+"group_brushes-&gt;insert(*button);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3973(para)
+msgid ""
+"You might then handle the <classname>ToolButton</classname>'s "
+"<literal>clicked</literal> signal. Alternatively, you could allow the item "
+"to be dragged to another widget, by calling <methodname>Gtk::ToolPalette::"
+"add_drag_dest()</methodname> and then using <methodname>Gtk::ToolPalette::"
+"get_drag_item()</methodname> in the other widget's "
+"<literal>drag_data_received</literal> signal handler."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3975(ulink)
+msgid "ToolPalette Reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3976(ulink)
+msgid "ToolItemGroup Reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3977(ulink)
+msgid "ToolItem Reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3981(para)
+msgid ""
+"Call <methodname>add_drag_dest()</methodname> to allow items or groups to be "
+"dragged from the tool palette to a particular destination widget. You can "
+"then use <methodname>get_drag_item()</methodname> to discover which ToolItem "
+"or ToolItemGroup is being dragged. You can use <literal>dynamic_cast</"
+"literal> to discover whether is it an item or a group. For instance, you "
+"might use this in your <literal>drag_data_received</literal> signal handler, "
+"to add a dropped item, or to show a suitable icon while dragging."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3982(para)
+msgid ""
+"See the <link linkend=\"chapter-draganddrop\">Drag and Drop</link> chapter "
+"for general advice about Drag and Drop with gtkmm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3985(title)
+msgid "ToolPalette Example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:3987(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example adds a <classname>ToolPalette</classname> and a "
+"<classname>DrawingArea</classname> to a window and allows the user to drag "
+"icons from the tool palette to the drawing area. The tool palette contains "
+"several groups of items. The combo boxes allow the user to change the style "
+"and orientation of the tool palette."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4003(title)
+msgid "Adjustments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4005(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> has various widgets that can be visually "
+"adjusted using the mouse or the keyboard, such as the <classname>Range</"
+"classname> widgets (described in the <link linkend=\"chapter-range-widgets"
+"\">Range Widgets</link> section). There are also a few widgets that display "
+"some adjustable part of a larger area, such as the <classname>Viewport</"
+"classname> widget. These widgets have <classname>Gtk::Adjustment</classname> "
+"objects that express this common part of their API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4015(para)
+msgid ""
+"So that applications can react to changes, for instance when a user moves a "
+"scrollbar, <classname>Gtk::Adjustment</classname> has a <literal>changed</"
+"literal> signal. You can then use the <methodname>get_changed()</methodname> "
+"method to discover the new value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4023(title)
+msgid "Creating an Adjustment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4025(para)
+msgid "The <classname>Gtk::Adjustment</classname> constructor is as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4029(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Gtk::Adjustment(float value,\n"
+"                float lower,\n"
+"                float upper,\n"
+"                float step_increment = 1,\n"
+"                float page_increment = 10,\n"
+"                float page_size = 0);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4036(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <parameter>value</parameter> argument is the initial value of the "
+"adjustment, usually corresponding to the topmost or leftmost position of an "
+"adjustable widget. The <parameter>lower</parameter> and <parameter>upper</"
+"parameter> arguments specifies the possible range of values which the "
+"adjustment can hold. The <parameter>step_increment</parameter> argument "
+"specifies the smaller of the two increments by which the user can change the "
+"value, while the <parameter>page_increment</parameter> is the larger one. "
+"The <parameter>page_size</parameter> argument usually corresponds somehow to "
+"the visible area of a panning widget. The <parameter>upper</parameter> "
+"argument is used to represent the bottom most or right most coordinate in a "
+"panning widget's child. TODO: Investigate the upper argument properly. There "
+"was some unclear stuff about it not always being the upper value."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4055(title)
+msgid "Using Adjustments the Easy Way"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4057(para)
+msgid ""
+"The adjustable widgets can be roughly divided into those which use and "
+"require specific units for these values, and those which treat them as "
+"arbitrary numbers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4062(para)
+msgid ""
+"The group which treats the values as arbitrary numbers includes the "
+"<classname>Range</classname> widgets (<classname>Scrollbars</classname> and "
+"<classname>Scales</classname>, the <classname>Progressbar</classname> "
+"widget, and the <classname>SpinButton</classname> widget). These widgets are "
+"typically \"adjusted\" directly by the user with the mouse or keyboard. They "
+"will treat the <parameter>lower</parameter> and <parameter>upper</parameter> "
+"values of an adjustment as a range within which the user can manipulate the "
+"adjustment's <parameter>value</parameter>. By default, they will only modify "
+"the <parameter>value</parameter> of an adjustment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4074(para)
+msgid ""
+"The other group includes the <classname>Viewport</classname> widget and the "
+"<classname>ScrolledWindow</classname> widget. All of these widgets use pixel "
+"values for their adjustments. These are also typically adjusted indirectly "
+"using scrollbars. While all widgets which use adjustments can either create "
+"their own adjustments or use ones you supply, you'll generally want to let "
+"this particular category of widgets create its own adjustments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4083(para)
+msgid ""
+"TODO: Text widget is deprecated: Look at GTK+ tutorial for up-to-date "
+"example. If you share an adjustment object between a Scrollbar and a Text "
+"widget, manipulating the scrollbar will automagically adjust the Text "
+"widget. You can set it up like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4089(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"// creates its own adjustments\n"
+"Gtk::Text text(0, 0);\n"
+"// uses the newly-created adjustment for the scrollbar as well\n"
+"Gtk::VScrollbar vscrollbar (*(text.get_vadjustment()));"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4097(title)
+msgid "Adjustment Internals"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4099(para)
+msgid ""
+"OK, you say, that's nice, but what if I want to create my own handlers to "
+"respond when the user adjusts a <classname>Range</classname> widget or a "
+"<classname>SpinButton</classname>. To access the value of a <classname>Gtk::"
+"Adjustment</classname>, you can use the <methodname>get_value()</methodname> "
+"and <methodname>set_value()</methodname> methods:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4107(para)
+msgid ""
+"As mentioned earlier, <classname>Gtk::Adjustment</classname> can emit "
+"signals. This is, of course, how updates happen automatically when you share "
+"an <classname>Adjustment</classname> object between a <classname>Scrollbar</"
+"classname> and another adjustable widget; all adjustable widgets connect "
+"signal handlers to their adjustment's <literal>value_changed</literal> "
+"signal, as can your program."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4116(para)
+msgid ""
+"So, for example, if you have a <classname>Scale</classname> widget, and you "
+"want to change the rotation of a picture whenever its value changes, you "
+"would create a signal handler like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4121(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"void cb_rotate_picture (Gtk::Widget *picture)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  picture-&gt;set_rotation (adj-&gt;value);\n"
+"..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4125(para)
+msgid "and connect it to the scale widget's adjustment like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4128(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"adj.value_changed.connect(sigc::bind&lt;Widget*&gt;(sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
+"    &amp;cb_rotate_picture), picture));"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4131(para)
+msgid ""
+"What if a widget reconfigures the <parameter>upper</parameter> or "
+"<parameter>lower</parameter> fields of its <classname>Adjustment</"
+"classname>, such as when a user adds more text to a text widget? In this "
+"case, it emits the <literal>changed</literal> signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4138(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Range</classname> widgets typically connect a handler to this "
+"signal, which changes their appearance to reflect the change - for example, "
+"the size of the slider in a scrollbar will grow or shrink in inverse "
+"proportion to the difference between the <parameter>lower</parameter> and "
+"<parameter>upper</parameter> values of its <classname>Adjustment</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4147(para)
+msgid ""
+"You probably won't ever need to attach a handler to this signal, unless "
+"you're writing a new type of range widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4151(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "adjustment-&gt;changed();"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4158(title)
+msgid "Widgets Without X-Windows"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4160(para)
+msgid ""
+"Some Widgets do not have an associated X-Window, so they therefore do not "
+"receive X events. This means that the signals described in the <link linkend="
+"\"sec-xeventsignals\">X event signals</link> section will not be emitted. If "
+"you want to capture events for these widgets you can use a special container "
+"called <classname>Gtk::EventBox</classname>, which is described in the <link "
+"linkend=\"sec-eventbox\">EventBox</link> section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4169(para)
+msgid "Here is a list of some of these Widgets:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4172(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Gtk::Alignment\n"
+"Gtk::Arrow\n"
+"Gtk::Bin\n"
+"Gtk::Box\n"
+"Gtk::Button\n"
+"Gtk::CheckButton\n"
+"Gtk::Fixed\n"
+"Gtk::Image\n"
+"Gtk::Item\n"
+"Gtk::Label\n"
+"Gtk::MenuItem\n"
+"Gtk::Notebook\n"
+"Gtk::Paned\n"
+"Gtk::Pixmap\n"
+"Gtk::RadioButton\n"
+"Gtk::Range\n"
+"Gtk::ScrolledWindow\n"
+"Gtk::Separator\n"
+"Gtk::Table\n"
+"Gtk::Toolbar\n"
+"Gtk::AspectFrame\n"
+"Gtk::Frame\n"
+"Gtk::VBox\n"
+"Gtk::HBox\n"
+"Gtk::VSeparator\n"
+"Gtk::HSeparator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4199(para)
+msgid ""
+"These widgets are mainly used for decoration or layout, so you won't often "
+"need to capture events on them. They are intended to have no X-Window in "
+"order to improve performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4205(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4247(title)
+msgid "EventBox"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4207(para)
+msgid ""
+"Some <application>gtkmm</application> widgets don't have associated X "
+"windows; they draw on their parents' windows. Because of this, they cannot "
+"receive events. Also, if they are incorrectly sized, they don't clip, so you "
+"can get messy overwriting etc. To receive events on one of these widgets, "
+"you can it inside an <classname>EventBox</classname> widget and then call "
+"<methodname>Gtk::Widget::set_events()</methodname> on the EventBox before "
+"showing it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4215(para)
+msgid ""
+"Although the name <classname>EventBox</classname> emphasises the event-"
+"handling method, the widget can also be used for clipping (and more; see the "
+"example below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4219(para)
+msgid ""
+"TODO: Why don't they have X Windows - explain clipping. Also, how does this "
+"affect platform such as Windows and MacOS that don't use X."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4223(para)
+msgid "The constructor for <classname>Gtk::EventBox</classname> is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4227(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Gtk::EventBox();"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4229(para)
+msgid ""
+"A child widget can be added to the <classname>EventBox</classname> using:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4233(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "event_box.add(child_widget);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4239(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following example demonstrates both uses of an <classname>EventBox</"
+"classname> - a label is created that is clipped to a small box, and set up "
+"so that a mouse-click on the label causes the program to exit. Resizing the "
+"window reveals varying amounts of the label."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4261(title)
+msgid "Dialogs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4263(para)
+msgid ""
+"Dialogs are used as secondary windows, to provide specific information or to "
+"ask questions. <classname>Gtk::Dialog</classname> windows contain a few pre-"
+"packed widgets to ensure consistency, and a <methodname>run()</methodname> "
+"method which blocks until the user dismisses the dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4270(para)
+msgid ""
+"There are several derived <classname>Dialog</classname> classes which you "
+"might find useful. <classname>Gtk::MessageDialog</classname> is used for "
+"most simple notifications. But at other times you might need to derive your "
+"own dialog class to provide more complex functionality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4277(para)
+msgid ""
+"To pack widgets into a custom dialog, you should pack them into the "
+"<classname>Gtk::VBox</classname>, available via <methodname>get_vbox()</"
+"methodname>. To just add a <classname>Button</classname> to the bottom of "
+"the <classname>Dialog</classname>, you could use the <methodname>add_button()"
+"</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4285(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <methodname>run()</methodname> method returns an <literal>int</literal>. "
+"This may be a value from the <literal>Gtk::ResponseType</literal> if the "
+"user closed the button by clicking a standard button, or it could be the "
+"custom response value that you specified when using <methodname>add_button()"
+"</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4294(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4309(title)
+msgid "MessageDialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4295(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>MessageDialog</classname> is a convenience class, used to create "
+"simple, standard message dialogs, with a message, an icon, and buttons for "
+"user response. You can specify the type of message and the text in the "
+"constructor, as well as specifying standard buttons via the <literal>Gtk::"
+"ButtonsType</literal> enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4320(title)
+msgid "FileChooserDialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4321(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>FileChooserDialog</classname> is suitable for use with \"Open"
+"\" or \"Save\" menu items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4325(para)
+msgid ""
+"Most of the useful member methods for this class are actually in the "
+"<classname>Gtk::FileChooser</classname> base class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4336(title)
+msgid "FileChooser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4346(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4358(title)
+msgid "ColorSelectionDialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4347(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>ColorSelectionDialog</classname> allows the user to choose a "
+"color."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4369(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4381(title)
+msgid "FontSelectionDialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4370(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>FontSelectionDialog</classname> allows the user to choose a "
+"font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4396(title)
+msgid "The Drawing Area Widget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4397(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>DrawingArea</classname> widget is a blank window that gives "
+"you the freedom to create any graphic you desire. Along with that freedom "
+"comes the responsibility to handle expose events on the widget. When a "
+"widget is first shown, or when it is covered and then uncovered again it "
+"needs to redraw itself. Most widgets have code to do this, but the "
+"DrawingArea does not, allowing you to write your own expose event signal "
+"handler to determine how the contents of the widget will be drawn. This is "
+"most often done by overriding the virtual <methodname>on_expose_event()</"
+"methodname> member function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4409(para)
+msgid ""
+"GTK+ uses the <ulink url=\"http://cairographics.org\";>Cairo</ulink> drawing "
+"API. With gtkmm, you may use the <ulink url=\"http://www.cairographics.org/";
+"cairomm/\">cairomm</ulink> C++ API for cairo."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4414(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can draw very sophisticated shapes using Cairo, but the methods to do so "
+"are quite basic. Cairo provides methods for drawing straight lines, curved "
+"lines, and arcs (including circles). These basic shapes can be combined to "
+"create more complex shapes and paths which can be filled with solid colors, "
+"gradients, patterns, and other things. In addition, Cairo can perform "
+"complex transformations, do compositing of images, and render antialiased "
+"text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4424(title)
+msgid "Cairo and Pango"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4425(para)
+msgid ""
+"Although Cairo can render text, it's not meant to be a replacement for "
+"Pango. Pango is a better choice if you need to perform more advanced text "
+"rendering such as wrapping or ellipsizing text. Drawing text with Cairo "
+"should only be done if the text is part of a graphic."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4430(para)
+msgid ""
+"In this section of the tutorial, we'll cover the basic Cairo drawing model, "
+"describe each of the basic drawing elements in some detail (with examples), "
+"and then present a simple application that uses Cairo to draw a custom clock "
+"widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4437(title)
+msgid "The Cairo Drawing Model"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4438(para)
+msgid ""
+"The basic concept of drawing in Cairo involves defining 'invisible' paths "
+"and then stroking or filling them to make them visible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4442(para)
+msgid ""
+"To do any drawing in <application>gtkmm</application> with Cairo, you must "
+"first create a <classname>Cairo::Context</classname> object. This class "
+"holds all of the graphics state parameters that describe how drawing is to "
+"be done. This includes information such as line width, color, the surface to "
+"draw to, and many other things. This allows the actual drawing functions to "
+"take fewer arguments to simplify the interface. In <application>gtkmm</"
+"application>, a <classname>Cairo::Context</classname> is created by calling "
+"the <methodname>Gdk::Window::create_cairo_context()</methodname> function. "
+"Since Cairo context are reference-counted objects, this function returns a "
+"<classname>Cairo::RefPtr&lt;Cairo::Context&gt;</classname> object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4455(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following example shows how to set up a Cairo context with a foreground "
+"color of red and a width of 2. Any drawing functions that use this context "
+"will use these settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4460(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Gtk::DrawingArea myArea;\n"
+"Cairo::RefPtr&lt;Cairo::Context&gt; myContext = myArea.get_window()-&gt;create_cairo_context();\n"
+"myContext-&gt;set_source_rgb(1.0, 0.0, 0.0);\n"
+"myContext-&gt;set_line_width(2.0);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4464(para)
+msgid ""
+"Each <classname>Cairo::Context</classname> is associated with a particular "
+"<classname>Gdk::Window</classname>, so the first line of the above example "
+"creates a <classname>Gtk::DrawingArea</classname> widget and the second line "
+"uses its associated <classname>Gdk::Window</classname> to create a "
+"<classname>Cairo::Context</classname> object. The final two lines change the "
+"graphics state of the context."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4473(para)
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of graphics state variables that can be set for a Cairo "
+"context. The most common context attributes are color (using "
+"<methodname>set_source_rgb()</methodname> or <methodname>set_source_rgba()</"
+"methodname> for translucent colors), line width (using "
+"<methodname>set_line_width()</methodname>), line dash pattern (using "
+"<methodname>set_dash()</methodname>), line cap style (using "
+"<methodname>set_line_cap()</methodname>), and line join style (using "
+"<methodname>set_line_join()</methodname>), and font styles (using "
+"<methodname>set_font_size()</methodname>, <methodname>set_font_face()</"
+"methodname> and others). There are many other settings as well, such as "
+"transformation matrices, fill rules, whether to perform antialiasing, and "
+"others. For further information, see the <ulink url=\"http://www.";
+"cairographics.org/cairomm/\">cairomm</ulink> API documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4505(para)
+msgid ""
+"It is good practice to put all modifications to the graphics state between "
+"<methodname>save()</methodname>/<methodname>restore()</methodname> function "
+"calls. For example, if you have a function that takes a <classname>Cairo::"
+"Context</classname> reference as an argument, you might implement it as "
+"follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4511(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"void doSomething(Cairo::RefPtr&lt;Cairo::Context&gt; context, int x)\n"
+"{\n"
+"    context-&gt;save();\n"
+"    // change graphics state\n"
+"    // peform drawing operations\n"
+"    context-&gt;restore();\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4488(para)
+msgid ""
+"The current state of a <classname>Cairo::Context</classname> can be saved to "
+"an internal stack of saved states and later be restored to the state it was "
+"in when you saved it. To do this, use the <methodname>save()</methodname> "
+"method and the <methodname>restore()</methodname> method. This can be useful "
+"if you need to temporarily change the line width and color (or any other "
+"graphics setting) in order to draw something and then return to the previous "
+"settings. In this situation, you could call <methodname>Cairo::Context::save"
+"()</methodname>, change the graphics settings, draw the lines, and then call "
+"<methodname>Cairo::Context::restore()</methodname> to restore the original "
+"graphics state. Multiple calls to <methodname>save()</methodname> and "
+"<methodname>restore()</methodname> can be nested; each call to "
+"<methodname>restore()</methodname> restores the state from the matching "
+"paired <methodname>save()</methodname>. <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4522(title)
+msgid "Drawing Straight Lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4531(para)
+msgid ""
+"Since the Cairo graphics library was written with support for multiple "
+"output targets (the X window system, PNG images, OpenGL, etc), there is a "
+"distinction between user-space and device-space coordinates. The mapping "
+"between these two coordinate systems defaults to one-to-one so that integer "
+"values map roughly to pixels on the screen, but this setting can be adjusted "
+"if desired. Sometimes it may be useful to scale the coordinates so that the "
+"full width and height of a window both range from 0 to 1 (the 'unit square') "
+"or some other mapping that works for your application. this can be done with "
+"the <methodname>Cairo::Context::scale()</methodname> function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4523(para)
+msgid ""
+"Now that we understand the basics of the Cairo graphics library, we're "
+"almost ready to start drawing. We'll start with the simplest of drawing "
+"elements: the straight line. But first you need to know a little bit about "
+"Cairo's coordinate system. The origin of the Cairo coordinate system is "
+"located in the upper-left corner of the window with positive x values to the "
+"right and positive y values going down. <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4546(para)
+msgid ""
+"In this example, we'll construct a small but fully functional "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> program and draw some lines into the "
+"window. The lines are drawn by creating a path and then stroking it. A path "
+"is created using the functions <methodname>Cairo::Context::move_to()</"
+"methodname> and <methodname>Cairo::Context::line_to()</methodname>. The "
+"function <methodname>move_to()</methodname> is similar to the act of lifting "
+"your pen off of the paper and placing it somewhere else -- no line is drawn "
+"between the point you were at and the point you moved to. To draw a line "
+"between two points, use the <methodname>line_to()</methodname> function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4558(para)
+msgid ""
+"After you've finished creating your path, you still haven't drawn anything "
+"visible yet. To make the path visible, you must use the function "
+"<methodname>stroke()</methodname> which will stroke the current path with "
+"the line width and style specified in your <classname>Cairo::Context</"
+"classname> object. After stroking, the current path will be cleared so that "
+"you can start on your next path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4567(para)
+msgid ""
+"Many Cairo drawing functions have a <methodname>_preserve()</methodname> "
+"variant. Normally drawing functions such as <methodname>clip()</methodname>, "
+"<methodname>fill()</methodname>, or <methodname>stroke()</methodname> will "
+"clear the current path. If you use the <methodname>_preserve()</methodname> "
+"variant, the current path will be retained so that you can use the same path "
+"with the next drawing function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4577(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4674(title)
+msgid "Drawing Area - Lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4585(para)
+msgid ""
+"This program contains a single class, <classname>MyArea</classname>, which "
+"is a subclass of <classname>Gtk::DrawingArea</classname> and contains an "
+"<methodname>on_expose_event()</methodname> member function. This method is "
+"called whenever the image in the drawing area needs to be redrawn. This "
+"function is passed a pointer to a <classname>GdkEventExpose</classname> "
+"structure which defines the area that needs to be redrawn. We use these "
+"values to create a rectangle path in Cairo (using the <methodname>rectangle()"
+"</methodname> function) and then <methodname>clip()</methodname> to this "
+"path. The <methodname>clip()</methodname> function sets a clip region. The "
+"current clip region affects all drawing operations by effectively masking "
+"out any changes to the surface that are outside the current clip region. "
+"This allows us to limit our redrawing to only the area that needs to be "
+"redrawn. The actual drawing code sets the color we want to use for drawing "
+"by using <methodname>set_source_rgb()</methodname> which takes arguments "
+"defining the Red, Green, and Blue components of the desired color (valid "
+"values are between 0 and 1). After setting the color, we created a new path "
+"using the functions <methodname>move_to()</methodname> and "
+"<methodname>line_to()</methodname>, and then stroked this path with "
+"<methodname>stroke()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4609(title)
+msgid "Drawing with relative coordinates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4610(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the example above we drew everything using absolute coordinates. You can "
+"also draw using relative coordinates. For a straight line, this is done with "
+"the function <methodname>Cairo::Context::rel_line_to()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4616(title)
+msgid "Line styles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4617(para)
+msgid ""
+"In addition to drawing basic straight lines, there are a number of things "
+"that you can customize about a line. You've already seen examples of setting "
+"a line's color and width, but there are others as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4623(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you've drawn a series of lines that form a path, you may want them to "
+"join together in a certain way. Cairo offers three different ways to join "
+"lines together: Miter, Bevel, and Round. These are show below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4630(title)
+msgid "Different join types in Cairo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4635(para)
+msgid ""
+"The line join style is set using the function <methodname>Cairo::Context::"
+"set_line_join()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4639(para)
+msgid ""
+"Line ends can have different styles as well. The default style is for the "
+"line to start and stop exactly at the destination points of the line. This "
+"is called a Butt cap. The other options are Round (uses a round ending, with "
+"the center of the circle at the end point) or Square (uses a squared ending, "
+"with the center of the square at the end point). This setting is set using "
+"the function <methodname>Cairo::Context::set_line_cap()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4649(para)
+msgid ""
+"There are other things you can customize as well, including creating dashed "
+"lines and other things. For more information , see the Cairo API "
+"documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4657(title)
+msgid "Drawing Curved Lines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4658(para)
+msgid ""
+"In addition to drawing straight lines Cairo allows you to easily draw curved "
+"lines (technically a cubic Bézier spline) using the <methodname>Cairo::"
+"Context::curve_to()</methodname> and <methodname>Cairo::Context::rel_curve_to"
+"()</methodname> functions. These functions take coordinates for a "
+"destination point as well as coordinates for two 'control' points. This is "
+"best explained using an example, so let's dive in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4669(para)
+msgid ""
+"This simple application draws a curve with Cairo and displays the control "
+"points for each end of the curve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4681(para)
+msgid ""
+"The only difference between this example and the straight line example is in "
+"the <methodname>on_expose_event()</methodname> function, but there are a few "
+"new concepts and functions introduced here, so let's examine them briefly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4687(para)
+msgid ""
+"Note that we clip to the area that needs re-exposing just as we did in the "
+"last example. After clipping, however, we make a call to <methodname>Cairo::"
+"Context::scale()</methodname>, passing in the width and height of the "
+"drawing area. This scales the user-space coordinate system such that the the "
+"width and height of the widget are both equal to 1.0 'units'. There's no "
+"particular reason to scale the coordinate system in this case, but sometimes "
+"it can make drawing operations easier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4697(para)
+msgid ""
+"The call to <methodname>Cairo::Context::curve_to()</methodname> should be "
+"fairly self-explanatory. The first pair of coordinates define the control "
+"point for the beginning of the curve. The second set of coordinates define "
+"the control point for the end of the curve, and the last set of coordinates "
+"define the destination point. To make the concept of control points a bit "
+"easier to visualize, a line has been draw from each control point to the end-"
+"point on the curve that it is associated with. Note that these control point "
+"lines are both translucent. This is achieved with a variant of "
+"<methodname>set_source_rgb()</methodname> called <methodname>set_source_rgba"
+"()</methodname>. This function takes a fourth argument specifying the alpha "
+"value of the color (valid values are between 0 and 1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4715(title)
+msgid "Drawing Arcs and Circles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4716(para)
+msgid ""
+"With Cairo, the same function is used to draw arcs, circles, or ellipses: "
+"<methodname>Cairo::Context::arc()</methodname>. This function takes five "
+"arguments. The first two are the coordinates of the center point of the arc, "
+"the third argument is the radius of the arc, and the final two arguments "
+"define the start and end angle of the arc. All angles are defined in "
+"radians, so drawing a circle is the same as drawing an arc from 0 to 2 * "
+"M_PI radians. An angle of 0 is in the direction of the positive X axis (in "
+"user-space). An angle of M_PI/2 radians (90 degrees) is in the direction of "
+"the positive Y axis (in user-space). Angles increase in the direction from "
+"the positive X axis toward the positive Y axis. So with the default "
+"transformation matrix, angles increase in a clockwise direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4737(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"context-&gt;save();\n"
+"context-&gt;translate(x, y);\n"
+"context-&gt;scale(width / 2.0, height / 2.0);\n"
+"context-&gt;arc(0.0, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0, 2 * M_PI);\n"
+"context-&gt;restore();"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4730(para)
+msgid ""
+"To draw an ellipse, you can scale the current transformation matrix by "
+"different amounts in the X and Y directions. For example, to draw an ellipse "
+"in the box given by <varname>x</varname>, <varname>y</varname>, "
+"<varname>width</varname>, <varname>height</varname>: <placeholder-1/> Note "
+"that this contradicts the <ulink url=\"http://www.cairographics.org/manual/";
+"cairo-Paths.html#cairo-arc\">advice given in the official Cairo "
+"documentation</ulink>, but it seems to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4749(para)
+msgid ""
+"Here's an example of a simple program that draws an arc, a circle and an "
+"ellipse into a drawing area."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4754(title)
+msgid "Drawing Area - Arcs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4763(para)
+msgid ""
+"There are a couple of things to note about this example code. Again, the "
+"only real difference between this example and the previous ones is the "
+"<methodname>on_expose_event()</methodname> function, so we'll limit our "
+"focus to that function. In addition, the first part of the function is "
+"nearly identical to the previous examples, so we'll skip that portion."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4771(para)
+msgid ""
+"Note that in this case, we've expressed nearly everything in terms of the "
+"height and width of the window, including the width of the lines. Because of "
+"this, when you resize the window, everything scales with the window. Also "
+"note that there are three drawing sections in the function and each is "
+"wrapped with a <methodname>save()</methodname>/<methodname>restore()</"
+"methodname> pair so that we're back at a known state after each drawing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4780(para)
+msgid ""
+"The section for drawing an arc introduces one new function, "
+"<methodname>close_path()</methodname>. This function will in effect draw a "
+"straight line from the current point back to the first point in the path. "
+"There is a significant difference between calling <methodname>close_path()</"
+"methodname> and manually drawing a line back to the starting point, however. "
+"If you use <methodname>close_path()</methodname>, the lines will be nicely "
+"joined together. If you use <methodname>line_to()</methodname> instead, the "
+"lines will end at the same point, but Cairo won't do any special joining."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4793(title)
+msgid "Drawing counter-clockwise"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4794(para)
+msgid ""
+"The function <methodname>Cairo::Context::arc_negative()</methodname> is "
+"exactly the same as <methodname>Cairo::Context::arc()</methodname> but the "
+"angles go the opposite direction."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4806(title)
+msgid "Drawing Text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4808(title)
+msgid "Drawing Text with Pango"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4809(para)
+msgid ""
+"Text is drawn via Pango Layouts. The easiest way to create a "
+"<classname>Pango::Layout</classname> is to use "
+"<methodname>create_pango_layout</methodname>. Once created, the layout can "
+"be manipulated in various ways, including changing the text, font, etc. "
+"Finally, the layout can be rendered using the <methodname>draw_layout</"
+"methodname> method of <classname>Gdk::Drawable</classname>, which takes a "
+"<classname>Gdk::GC</classname> object, an x-position, a y-position and the "
+"layout itself. TODO: Update this section for Cairo instead of Gdk::GC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4831(title)
+msgid "Drawing Images"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4833(title)
+msgid "Drawing Images with Gdk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4834(para)
+msgid ""
+"There are a couple of drawing methods for putting image data into a drawing "
+"area. <methodname>draw_pixmap()</methodname> can copy the contents of a "
+"<classname>Gdk::Drawable</classname> (the window of a drawing area is one) "
+"into the drawing area. There is also <methodname>draw_bitmap()</methodname> "
+"for drawing a two-color image into the drawing area, and "
+"<methodname>draw_image()</methodname> for drawing an image with more than "
+"two colors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4843(para)
+msgid ""
+"For all of these methods, the first argument is the <classname>Gdk::GC</"
+"classname>. The second argument is the object of the appropriate type to "
+"copy in: <classname>Gdk::Drawable</classname>, <classname>Gdk::Bitmap</"
+"classname>, <classname>Gdk::Image</classname>. The next two arguments are "
+"the x and y points in the image to begin copying from. Then come the x and y "
+"points in the drawing area to copy to. The final two arguments are the width "
+"and height of the area to copy."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4854(para)
+msgid ""
+"There is also a method for drawing from a <classname>Gdk::Pixbuf</"
+"classname>. A <classname>Gdk::Pixbuf</classname> buffer is a useful wrapper "
+"around a collection of pixels, which can be read from files, and manipulated "
+"in various ways."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4861(para)
+msgid ""
+"Probably the most common way of creating <classname>Gdk::Pixbuf</classname>s "
+"is to use <methodname>Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file()</methodname>, which "
+"can read an image file, such as a png file into a pixbuf ready for rendering."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4868(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>Gdk::Pixbuf</classname> can be rendered with "
+"<methodname>render_to_drawable</methodname>, which takes quite a few "
+"parameters. The <methodname>render_to_drawable</methodname> is a member of "
+"<classname>Gdk::Pixbuf</classname> rather than <classname>Gdk::Drawable</"
+"classname>, which is unlike the <methodname>draw_*</methodname> functions "
+"described earlier. As such, its first parameter is the drawable to render "
+"to. The second parameter is still the <classname>Gdk::GC</classname>. The "
+"next two parameters are the point in the pixbuf to start drawing from. This "
+"is followed by the point in the drawable to draw it at, and by the width and "
+"height to actually draw (which may not be the whole image, especially if "
+"you're only responding to an expose event for part of the window). Finally, "
+"there are the dithering parameters. If you use Gdk::RGB_DITHER_NONE as the "
+"dither type, then the dither offset parameters can both be 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4885(para)
+msgid ""
+"Here is a small bit of code to tie it all together: (Note that usually you "
+"wouldn't load the image every time in the expose event handler! It's just "
+"shown here to keep it all together)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4890(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"bool myarea::on_expose_event(GdkEventExpose* ev)\n"
+"{\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixbuf&gt; image = Gdk::Pixbuf::create_from_file(\"myimage.png\");\n"
+"image-&gt;render_to_drawable(get_window(), get_style()-&gt;get_black_gc(),\n"
+"0, 0, 100, 80, image-&gt;get_width(), image-&gt;get_height(), // draw the whole image (from 0,0 to the full width,height) at 100,80 in the window\n"
+"Gdk::RGB_DITHER_NONE, 0, 0);\n"
+"return true;\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4917(title)
+msgid "Example Application: Creating a Clock with Cairo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4918(para)
+msgid ""
+"Now that we've covered the basics of drawing with Cairo, let's try to put it "
+"all together and create a simple application that actually does something. "
+"The following example uses Cairo to create a custom <classname>Clock</"
+"classname> widget. The clock has a second hand, a minute hand, and an hour "
+"hand, and updates itself every second."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4930(para)
+msgid ""
+"As before, almost all of the interesting stuff is done in the expose event "
+"handler <methodname>on_expose_event()</methodname>. Before we dig into the "
+"expose event handler, notice that the constructor for the <classname>Clock</"
+"classname> widget connects a handler function <methodname>onSecondElapsed()</"
+"methodname> to a timer with a timeout period of 1000 milliseconds (1 "
+"second). This means that <methodname>onSecondElapsed()</methodname> will get "
+"called once per second. The sole responsibility of this function is to "
+"invalidate the window so that <application>gtkmm</application> will be "
+"forced to redraw it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4941(para)
+msgid ""
+"Now let's take a look at the code that performs the actual drawing. The "
+"first section of <methodname>on_expose_event()</methodname> should be pretty "
+"familiar by now as it's mostly 'boilerplate' code for getting the "
+"<classname>Gdk::Window</classname>, creating a <classname>Cairo::Context</"
+"classname>, and clipping to the area that we want to re-draw. This example "
+"again scales the coordinate system to be a unit square so that it's easier "
+"to draw the clock as a percentage of window size so that it will "
+"automatically scale when the window size is adjusted. Furthermore, the "
+"coordinate system is scaled over and down so that the (0, 0) coordinate is "
+"in the very center of the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4954(para)
+msgid ""
+"The function <methodname>Cairo::Context::paint()</methodname> is used here "
+"to set the background color of the window. This function takes no arguments "
+"and fills the current surface (or the clipped portion of the surface) with "
+"the source color currently active. After setting the background color of the "
+"window, we draw a circle for the clock outline, fill it with white, and then "
+"stroke the outline in black. Notice that both of these actions use the "
+"<methodname>_preserve</methodname> variant to preserve the current path, and "
+"then this same path is clipped to make sure than our next lines don't go "
+"outside the outline of the clock."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4966(para)
+msgid ""
+"After drawing the outline, we go around the clock and draw ticks for every "
+"hour, with a larger tick at 12, 3, 6, and 9. Now we're finally ready to "
+"implement the time-keeping functionality of the clock, which simply involves "
+"getting the current values for hours, minutes and seconds, and drawing the "
+"hands at the correct angles."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4978(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::Widget</classname> has several methods and signals which are "
+"prefixed with \"drag_\". These are used for Drag and Drop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4983(title)
+msgid "Sources and Destinations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4984(para)
+msgid ""
+"Things are dragged from <literal>sources</literal> to be dropped on "
+"<literal>destinations</literal>. Each source and destination has infomation "
+"about the data formats that it can send or receive, provided by "
+"<classname>Gtk::TargetEntry</classname> items. A drop destination will only "
+"accept a dragged item if they both share a compatible <classname>Gtk::"
+"TargetEntry</classname> item. Appropriate signals will then be emitted, "
+"telling the signal handlers which <classname>Gtk::TargetEntry</classname> "
+"was used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4997(para)
+msgid "target: A name, such as \"STRING\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4998(para)
+msgid ""
+"info: An identifier which will be sent to your signals to tell you which "
+"TargetEntry was used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4999(para)
+msgid "flags: TODO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:4994(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::TargetEntry</classname> objects contain this information: "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5007(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Widgets</classname> can be identified as sources or destinations "
+"using these <classname>Gtk::Widget</classname> methods:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5011(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"void drag_source_set(const ArrayHandle_TargetEntry&amp; targets,\n"
+"      GdkModifierType start_button_mask, GdkDragAction actions);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5016(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>targets</literal> is a container of <classname>Gtk::TargetEntry</"
+"classname> (<classname>std::list&lt;Gtk::TargetEntry&gt;</classname> or "
+"<classname>std::vector&lt;Gtk::TargetEntry&gt;</classname>, for instance) "
+"elements."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5025(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>start_button_mask</literal> is an ORed combination of values, which "
+"specify which modifier key or mouse button must be pressed to start the drag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5032(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>actions</literal> is an ORed combination of values, which specified "
+"which Drag and Drop operations will be possible from this source - for "
+"instance, copy, move, or link. The user can choose between the actions by "
+"using modifier keys, such as <keycap>Shift</keycap> to change from "
+"<literal>copy</literal> to <literal>move</literal>, and this will be shown "
+"by a different cursor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5043(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"void drag_dest_set(const ArrayHandle_TargetEntry&amp; targets,\n"
+"    GtkDestDefaults flags, GdkDragAction actions);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5048(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>flags</literal> is an ORed combination of values which indicates "
+"how the widget will respond visually to Drag and Drop items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5054(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>actions</literal> indicates the Drag and Drop actions which this "
+"destination can receive - see the description above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5064(para)
+msgid ""
+"When a drop destination has accepted a dragged item, certain signals will be "
+"emitted, depending on what action has been selected. For instance, the user "
+"might have held down the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key to specify a "
+"<literal>move</literal> rather than a <literal>copy</literal>. Remember that "
+"the user can only select the actions which you have specified in your calls "
+"to <methodname>drag_dest_set()</methodname> and <methodname>drag_source_set()"
+"</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5075(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5196(title)
+msgid "Copy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5079(para)
+msgid "<literal>drag_begin</literal>: Provides DragContext."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5080(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>drag_motion</literal>: Provides DragContext and coordinates. You "
+"can call the drag_status() method of the DragContext to indicate which "
+"target will be accepted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5081(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>drag_get</literal>: Provides <literal>info</literal> about the "
+"dragged data format, and a <literal>GtkSelectionData</literal> structure, in "
+"which you should put the requested data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5082(para)
+msgid "<literal>drag_drop</literal>: Provides DragContext and coordinates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5083(para)
+msgid "<literal>drag_end</literal>: Provides DragContext."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5076(para)
+msgid ""
+"The source widget will emit these signals, in this order: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5090(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>drag_data_received</literal>: Provides <literal>info</literal> "
+"about the dragged data format, and a <literal>GtkSelectionData</literal> "
+"structure which contains the dropped data. You should call the "
+"<methodname>drag_finish()</methodname> method of the <literal>DragContext</"
+"literal> to indicate whether the operation was successful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5086(para)
+msgid ""
+"The destination widget will emit this signal, after the source destination "
+"has emitted the <literal>drag_get</literal> signal: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5105(title)
+msgid "Move"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5108(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>drag_delete</literal>: Gives the source the opportunity to delete "
+"the original data if that's appropriate."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5106(para)
+msgid ""
+"During a <literal>move</literal>, the source widget will also emit this "
+"signal: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5114(title)
+msgid "Link"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5115(para)
+msgid "TODO: Find an example or documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5120(title)
+msgid "DragContext"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5121(para)
+msgid ""
+"The drag and drop signals provide a DragContext, which contains some "
+"information about the drag and drop operation and can be used to influence "
+"the process. For instance, you can discover the source widget, or change the "
+"drag and drop icon, by using the <methodname>set_icon()</methodname> "
+"methods. More importantly, you should call the <methodname>drag_finish()</"
+"methodname> method from your <literal>drag_data_received</literal> signal "
+"handler to indicate whether the drop was successful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5134(para)
+msgid ""
+"Here is a very simple example, demonstrating a drag and drop <literal>Copy</"
+"literal> operation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5145(para)
+msgid "There is a more complex example in examples/dnd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5154(title)
+msgid "The Clipboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5155(para)
+msgid ""
+"Simple text copy-paste functionality is provided for free by widgets such as "
+"Gtk::Entry and Gtk::TextView, but you might need special code to deal with "
+"your own data formats. For instance, a drawing program would need special "
+"code to allow copy and paste within a view, or between documents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5157(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::Clipboard</classname> is a singleton. You can get the one "
+"and only instance with <methodname>Gtk::Clipboard::get()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5162(para)
+msgid ""
+"So your application doesn't need to wait for clipboard operations, "
+"particularly between the time when the user chooses Copy and then later "
+"chooses Paste, most <classname>Gtk::Clipboard</classname> methods take "
+"<classname>sigc::slot</classname>s which specify callback methods. When "
+"<classname>Gtk::Clipboard</classname> is ready, it will call these methods, "
+"either providing the requested data, or asking for data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5174(title)
+msgid "Targets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5175(para)
+msgid ""
+"Different applications contain different types of data, and they might make "
+"that data available in a variety of formats. <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> calls these data types <literal>target</literal>s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5179(para)
+msgid ""
+"For instance, gedit can supply and receive the <literal>\"UTF8_STRING\"</"
+"literal> target, so you can paste data into gedit from any application that "
+"supplies that target. Or two different image editing applications might "
+"supply and receive a variety of image formats as targets. As long as one "
+"application can receive one of the targets that the other supplies then you "
+"will be able to copy data from one to the other."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5183(para)
+msgid ""
+"A target can be in a variety of binary formats. This chapter, and the "
+"examples, assume that the data is 8-bit text. This would allow us to use an "
+"XML format for the clipboard data. However this would probably not be "
+"appropriate for binary data such as images. <classname>Gtk::Clipboard</"
+"classname> provides overloads that allow you to specify the format in more "
+"detail if necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5192(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <link linkend=\"chapter-draganddrop\">Drag and Drop</link> API uses the "
+"same mechanism. You should probably use the same data targets and formats "
+"for both Clipboard and Drag and Drap operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5197(para)
+msgid ""
+"When the user asks to copy some data, you should tell the "
+"<classname>Clipboard</classname> what targets are available, and provide the "
+"callback methods that it can use to get the data. At this point you should "
+"store a copy of the data, to be provided when the clipboard calls your "
+"callback method in repsonse to a paste."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5206(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::Clipboard&gt; refClipboard = Gtk::Clipboard::get();\n"
+"\n"
+"//Targets:\n"
+"std::list&lt;Gtk::TargetEntry&gt; listTargets;\n"
+"listTargets.push_back( Gtk::TargetEntry(\"example_custom_target\") );\n"
+"listTargets.push_back( Gtk::TargetEntry(\"UTF8_STRING\") );\n"
+"\n"
+"refClipboard-&gt;set( listTargets,\n"
+"    sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_get),\n"
+"    sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_clear) );"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5217(para)
+msgid ""
+"Your callback will then provide the store data when the user chooses to "
+"paste the data. For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5219(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"void ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_get(\n"
+"    Gtk::SelectionData&amp; selection_data, guint info)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  const Glib::ustring target = selection_data.get_target();\n"
+"\n"
+"  if(target == \"example_custom_target\")\n"
+"    selection_data.set(\"example_custom_target\", m_ClipboardStore);\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5227(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>ideal</literal> example below can supply more than one "
+"clipboard target."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5231(para)
+msgid ""
+"The clear callback allows you to free the memory used by your stored data "
+"when the clipboard replaces its data with something else."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5237(title)
+msgid "Paste"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5238(para)
+msgid ""
+"When the user asks to paste data from the <classname>Clipboard</classname>, "
+"you should request a specific format and provide a callback method which "
+"will be called with the actual data. For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5243(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"refClipboard-&gt;request_contents(\"example_custom_target\",\n"
+"    sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_received) );"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5246(para)
+msgid "Here is an example callback method:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5248(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"void ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_received(\n"
+"    const Gtk::SelectionData&amp; selection_data)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  Glib::ustring clipboard_data = selection_data.get_data_as_string();\n"
+"  //Do something with the pasted data.\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5256(title)
+msgid "Discovering the available targets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5257(para)
+msgid ""
+"To find out what targets are currently available on the "
+"<classname>Clipboard</classname> for pasting, call the "
+"<methodname>request_targets()</methodname> method, specifying a method to be "
+"called with the information. For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5263(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"refClipboard-&gt;request_targets( sigc::mem_fun(*this,\n"
+"    &amp;ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_received_targets) );"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5266(para)
+msgid ""
+"In your callback, compare the list of available targets with those that your "
+"application supports for pasting. You could enable or disable a Paste menu "
+"item, depending on whether pasting is currently possible. For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5269(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"void ExampleWindow::on_clipboard_received_targets(\n"
+"  const Glib::StringArrayHandle&amp; targets_array)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  // Get the list of available clipboard targets:\n"
+"  std::list&lt;std::string&gt; targets = targets_array;\n"
+"\n"
+"  const bool bPasteIsPossible =\n"
+"    std::find(targets.begin(), targets.end(),\n"
+"      example_target_custom) != targets.end();\n"
+"\n"
+"  // Enable/Disable the Paste button appropriately:\n"
+"  m_Button_Paste.set_sensitive(bPasteIsPossible);\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5288(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5685(title)
+msgid "Simple"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5289(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example allows copy and pasting of application-specific data, using the "
+"standard text target. Although this is simple, it's not ideal because it "
+"does not identify the <classname>Clipboard</classname> data as being of a "
+"particular type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5297(title)
+msgid "Clipboard - Simple"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5307(title)
+msgid "Ideal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5310(simpara)
+msgid ""
+"Defines a custom clipboard target, though the format of that target is still "
+"text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5311(simpara)
+msgid ""
+"It supports pasting of 2 targets - both the custom one and a text one that "
+"creates an arbitrary text representation of the custom data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5312(simpara)
+msgid ""
+"It uses <methodname>request_targets()</methodname> and disables the Paste "
+"button if it can't use anything on the clipboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5308(para)
+msgid "This is like the simple example, but it <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5317(title)
+msgid "Clipboard - Ideal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5333(title)
+msgid "Printing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5336(para)
+msgid ""
+"Printing support is available in <application>gtkmm</application> version "
+"2.10 and later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5339(para)
+msgid ""
+"At the application development level, <application>gtkmm</application>'s "
+"printing API provides dialogs that are consistent across applications and "
+"allows us of Cairo's common drawing API, with Pango-driven text rendering. "
+"In the implementation of this common API, platform-specific backends and "
+"printer-specific drivers are used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5345(title)
+msgid "PrintOperation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5347(para)
+msgid ""
+"The primary object is <classname>Gtk::PrintOperation</classname>, allocated "
+"for each print operation. To handle page drawing connect to its signals, or "
+"inherit from it and override the default virtual signal handlers. "
+"<classname>PrintOperation</classname> automatically handles all the settings "
+"affecting the print loop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5364(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>begin_print</literal>: You must handle this signal, because this is "
+"where you create and set up a <classname>Pango::Layout</classname> using the "
+"provided <classname>Gtk::PrintContext</classname>, and break up your "
+"printing output into pages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5374(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>paginate</literal>: Pagination is potentially slow so if you need "
+"to monitor it you can call the <methodname>PrintOperation::set_show_progress"
+"()</methodname> method and handle this signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5388(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>request_page_setup</literal>: Provides a <classname>PrintContext</"
+"classname>, page number and <classname>Gtk::PageSetup</classname>. Handle "
+"this signal if you need to modify page setup on a per-page basis."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5397(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>draw_page</literal>: You must handle this signal, which provides a "
+"<classname>PrintContext</classname> and a page number. The "
+"<classname>PrintContext</classname> should be used to create a "
+"<classname>Cairo::Context</classname> into which the provided page should be "
+"drawn. To render text, iterate over the <classname>Pango::Layout</classname> "
+"you created in the <literal>begin_print</literal> handler."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5383(para)
+msgid ""
+"For each page that needs to be rendered, the following signals are emitted: "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5412(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>end_print</literal>: A handler for it is a safe place to free any "
+"resources related to a <classname>PrintOperation</classname>. If you have "
+"your custom class that inherits from <classname>PrintOperation</classname>, "
+"it is naturally simpler to do it in the destructor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5422(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>done</literal>: This signal is emitted when printing is finished, "
+"meaning when the print data is spooled. Note that the provided <literal>Gtk::"
+"PrintOperationResult</literal> may indicate that an error occurred. In any "
+"case you probably want to notify the user about the final status."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5432(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>status_changed</literal>: Emitted whenever a print job's status "
+"changes, until it is finished. Call the <methodname>PrintOperation::"
+"set_track_print_status()</methodname> method to monitor the job status after "
+"spooling. To see the status, use <methodname>get_status()</methodname> or "
+"<methodname>get_status_string()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5358(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <methodname>PrintOperation::run()</methodname> method starts the print "
+"loop, during which various signals are emitted: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5454(title)
+msgid "Page setup"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5456(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>PrintOperation</classname> class has a method called "
+"<methodname>set_default_page_setup()</methodname> which selects the default "
+"paper size, orientation and margins. To show a page setup dialog from your "
+"application, use the <methodname>Gtk::run_page_setup_dialog()</methodname> "
+"method, which returns a <classname>Gtk::PageSetup</classname> object with "
+"the chosen settings. Use this object to update a <classname>PrintOperation</"
+"classname> and to access the selected <classname>Gtk::PaperSize</classname>, "
+"<literal>Gtk::PageOrientation</literal> and printer-specific margins."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5466(para)
+msgid ""
+"You should save the chosen <classname>Gtk::PageSetup</classname> so you can "
+"use it again if the page setup dialog is shown again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5470(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"//Within a class that inherits from Gtk::Window and keeps m_refPageSetup and m_refSettings as members...\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::PageSetup&gt; new_page_setup = Gtk::run_page_setup_dialog(*this, m_refPageSetup, m_refSettings);\n"
+"m_refPageSetup = new_page_setup;\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5469(para) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5534(para)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9314(para)
+msgid "For instance, <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5481(para)
+msgid ""
+"The Cairo coordinate system, in the <literal>draw_page</literal> handler, is "
+"automatically rotated to the current page orientation. It is normally within "
+"the printer margins, but you can change that via the "
+"<methodname>PrintOperation::set_use_full_page()</methodname> method. The "
+"default measurement unit is device pixels. To select other units, use the "
+"<methodname>PrintOperation::set_unit()</methodname> method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5493(title)
+msgid "Rendering text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5495(para)
+msgid ""
+"Text rendering is done using Pango. The <classname>Pango::Layout</classname> "
+"object for printing should be created by calling the "
+"<methodname>PrintContext::create_pango_layout()</methodname> method. The "
+"<classname>PrintContext</classname> object also provides the page metrics, "
+"via <methodname>get_width()</methodname> and <methodname>get_height()</"
+"methodname>. The number of pages can be set with <methodname>PrintOperation::"
+"set_n_pages()</methodname>. To actually render the Pango text in "
+"<literal>on_draw_page</literal>, get a <classname>Cairo::Context</classname> "
+"with <methodname>PrintContext::get_cairo_context()</methodname> and show the "
+"<classname>Pango::LayoutLine</classname>s that appear within the requested "
+"page number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5510(para)
+msgid ""
+"See <link linkend=\"sec-printing-example-simple\">an example</link> of "
+"exactly how this can be done."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5518(title)
+msgid "Asynchronous operations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5520(para)
+msgid ""
+"By default, <methodname>PrintOperation::run()</methodname> returns when a "
+"print operation is completed. If you need to run a non-blocking print "
+"operation, call <methodname>PrintOperation::set_allow_async()</methodname>. "
+"Note that <methodname>set_allow_async()</methodname> is not supported on all "
+"platforms, however the <literal>done</literal> signal will still be emitted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5527(para)
+msgid ""
+"<methodname>run()</methodname> may return "
+"<literal>PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_IN_PROGRESS</literal>. To track status and "
+"handle the result or error you need to implement signal handlers for the "
+"<literal>done</literal> and <literal>status_changed</literal> signals:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5535(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"// in class ExampleWindow's method...\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;PrintOperation&gt; op = PrintOperation::create();\n"
+"// ...set up op...\n"
+"op-&gt;signal_done().connect(sigc::bind(sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_printoperation_done), op));\n"
+"// run the op\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5545(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"void ExampleWindow::on_printoperation_done(Gtk::PrintOperationResult result, const Glib::RefPtr&lt;PrintOperation&gt;&amp; op)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  if (result == Gtk::PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_ERROR)\n"
+"    //notify user\n"
+"  else if (result == Gtk::PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_APPLY)\n"
+"    //Update PrintSettings with the ones used in this PrintOperation\n"
+"\n"
+"  if (! op-&gt;is_finished())\n"
+"    op-&gt;signal_status_changed().connect(sigc::bind(sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;ExampleWindow::on_printoperation_status_changed), op));\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5544(para)
+msgid ""
+"Second, check for an error and connect to the <literal>status_changed</"
+"literal> signal. For instance: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5560(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"void ExampleWindow::on_printoperation_status_changed(const Glib::RefPtr&lt;PrintFormOperation&gt;&amp; op)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  if (op-&gt;is_finished())\n"
+"    //the print job is finished\n"
+"  else\n"
+"    //get the status with get_status() or get_status_string()\n"
+"\n"
+"  //update UI\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5559(para)
+msgid "Finally, check the status. For instance, <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5576(title)
+msgid "Export to PDF"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5580(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::PrintOperation&gt; op = Gtk::PrintOperation::create();\n"
+"// ...set up op...\n"
+"op-&gt;set_export_filename(\"test.pdf\");\n"
+"Gtk::PrintOperationResult res = op-&gt;run(Gtk::PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_EXPORT);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5577(para)
+msgid ""
+"The 'Print to file' option is available in the print dialog, without the "
+"need for extra implementation. However, it is sometimes useful to generate a "
+"pdf file directly from code. For instance, <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5592(title)
+msgid "Extending the print dialog"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5599(para)
+msgid ""
+"Set the title of the tab via <methodname>PrintOperation::set_custom_tab_label"
+"()</methodname>, create a new widget and return it from the "
+"<literal>create_custom_widget</literal> signal handler. You'll probably want "
+"this to be a container widget, packed with some others."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5609(para)
+msgid ""
+"Get the data from the widgets in the <literal>custom_widget_apply</literal> "
+"signal handler."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5594(para)
+msgid "You may add a custom tab to the print dialog: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5624(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Gtk::Widget* CustomPrintOperation::on_create_custom_widget()\n"
+"{\n"
+"  set_custom_tab_label(\"My custom tab\");\n"
+"\n"
+"  Gtk::HBox* hbox = new Gtk::HBox(false, 8);\n"
+"  hbox-&gt;set_border_width(6);\n"
+"\n"
+"  Gtk::Label* label = Gtk::manage(new Gtk::Label(\"Enter some text: \"));\n"
+"  hbox-&gt;pack_start(*label, false, false);\n"
+"  label-&gt;show();\n"
+"\n"
+"  hbox-&gt;pack_start(m_Entry, false, false);\n"
+"  m_Entry.show();\n"
+"\n"
+"  return hbox;\n"
+"}\n"
+"\n"
+"void CustomPrintOperation::on_custom_widget_apply(Gtk::Widget* /* widget */)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  Glib::ustring user_input = m_Entry.get_text();\n"
+"  //...\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5617(para)
+msgid ""
+"Although the <literal>custom_widget_apply</literal> signal provides the "
+"widget you previously created, to simplify things you can keep the widgets "
+"you expect to contain some user input as class members. For example, let's "
+"say you have a <classname>Gtk::Entry</classname> called <literal>m_Entry</"
+"literal> as a member of your <classname>CustomPrintOperation</classname> "
+"class: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5651(para)
+msgid "The example in examples/book/printing/advanced demonstrates this."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5658(title)
+msgid "Preview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5664(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"// in a class that inherits from Gtk::Window...\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;PrintOperation&gt; op = PrintOperation::create();\n"
+"// ...set up op...\n"
+"op-&gt;run(Gtk::PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_PREVIEW, *this);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5660(para)
+msgid ""
+"The native GTK+ print dialog has a preview button, but you may also start a "
+"preview directly from an application: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5672(para)
+msgid ""
+"On Unix, the default preview handler uses an external viewer program. On "
+"Windows, the native preview dialog will be shown. If necessary you may "
+"override this behaviour and provide a custom preview dialog. See the example "
+"located in /examples/book/printing/advanced."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5687(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following example demonstrates how to print some input from a user "
+"interface. It shows how to implement <literal>on_begin_print</literal> and "
+"<literal>on_draw_page</literal>, as well as how to track print status and "
+"update the print settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5695(title)
+msgid "Printing - Simple"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5710(title)
+msgid "Recently Used Documents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5712(para) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5868(para)
+msgid ""
+"Recent Files support is available in <application>gtkmm</application> "
+"version 2.10 and later"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5715(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> provides an easy way to manage recently "
+"used documents. The classes involved in implementing this functionality are "
+"<classname>RecentManager</classname>, <classname>RecentChooserDialog</"
+"classname>, <classname>RecentChooserMenu</classname>, "
+"<classname>RecentChooserWidget</classname>, and <classname>RecentFilter</"
+"classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5724(para)
+msgid ""
+"Each item in the list of recently used files is identified by its URI, and "
+"can have associated metadata. The metadata can be used to specify how the "
+"file should be displayed, a description of the file, its mime type, which "
+"application registered it, whether it's private to the registering "
+"application, and several other things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5732(title)
+msgid "RecentManager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5733(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>RecentManager</classname> acts as the central database of "
+"recently used files. You use this class to register new files, remove files "
+"from the list, or look up recently used files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5738(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can create a new <classname>RecentManager</classname>, but you'll most "
+"likely just want to use the default one. You can get a reference to the "
+"default <classname>RecentManager</classname> with <methodname>get_default()</"
+"methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5745(title)
+msgid "Adding Items to the List of Recent Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5746(para)
+msgid ""
+"To add a new file to the list of recent documents, in the simplest case, you "
+"only need to provide the URI. For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5750(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::RecentManager&gt; recent_manager = Gtk::RecentManager::get_default();\n"
+"recent_manager-&gt;add_item(uri);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5752(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you want to register a file with metadata, you can pass a "
+"<classname>RecentManager::Data</classname> parameter to <methodname>add_item"
+"()</methodname>. The metadata that can be set on a particular file item is "
+"as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5760(para)
+msgid ""
+"<varname>app_exec</varname>: The command line to be used to launch this "
+"resource. This string may contain the \"f\" and \"u\" escape characters "
+"which will be expanded to the resource file path and URI respectively"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5766(para)
+msgid ""
+"<varname>app_name</varname>: The name of the application that registered the "
+"resource"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5770(para)
+msgid ""
+"<varname>description</varname>: A short description of the resource as a UTF-"
+"8 encoded string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5774(para)
+msgid ""
+"<varname>display_name</varname>: The name of the resource to be used for "
+"display as a UTF-8 encoded string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5778(para)
+msgid ""
+"<varname>groups</varname>: A list of groups associated with this item. "
+"Groups are essentially arbitrary strings associated with a particular "
+"resource. They can be thought of as 'categories' (such as \"email\", "
+"\"graphics\", etc) or tags for the resource."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5784(para)
+msgid ""
+"<varname>is_private</varname>: Whether this resource should be visible only "
+"to applications that have registered it or not"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5788(para)
+msgid "<varname>mime_type</varname>: The MIME type of the resource"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5791(para)
+msgid ""
+"In addition to adding items to the list, you can also look up items from the "
+"list and modify or remove items."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5797(title)
+msgid "Looking up Items in the List of Recent Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5798(para)
+msgid ""
+"To look up recently used files, <classname>RecentManager</classname> "
+"provides several functions. To look up a specific item by its URI, you can "
+"use the <methodname>lookup_item()</methodname> function, which will return a "
+"<classname>RecentInfo</classname> class. If the specified URI did not exist "
+"in the list of recent files, the <classname>RecentInfo</classname> object "
+"will be invalid. <classname>RecentInfo</classname> provides an "
+"implementation for <methodname>operator bool()</methodname> which can be "
+"used to test for validity. For example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5809(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Gtk::RecentInfo info = recent_manager-&gt;lookup_item(uri);\n"
+"if (info)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  // item was found\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5814(para)
+msgid ""
+"A <classname>RecentInfo</classname> object is essentially an object "
+"containing all of the metadata about a single recently-used file. You can "
+"use this object to look up any of the properties listed above. FIXME - add "
+"cross-reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5820(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you don't want to look for a specific URI, but instead want to get a list "
+"of all recently used items, <classname>RecentManager</classname> provides "
+"the <methodname>get_items()</methodname> function. The return value of this "
+"function can be assigned to any standard C++ container (e.g. <classname>std::"
+"vector</classname>, <classname>std::list</classname>, etc) and contains a "
+"list of all recently-used files up to a user-defined limit (FIXME: what's "
+"the default limit?). The following code demonstrates how you might get a "
+"list of recently-used files:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5831(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "std::vector&lt;Gtk::RecentInfo&gt; info_list = recent_manager-&gt;get_items();"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5832(para)
+msgid ""
+"The limit on the number of items returned can be set by <methodname>set_limit"
+"()</methodname>, and queried with <methodname>get_limit()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5839(title)
+msgid "Modifying the List of Recent Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5840(para)
+msgid ""
+"There may be times when you need to modify the list of recent files. For "
+"instance, if a file is moved or renamed, you may need to update the file's "
+"location in the recent files list so that it doesn't point to an incorrect "
+"location. You can update an item's location by using <methodname>move_item()"
+"</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5847(para)
+msgid ""
+"In addition to changing a file's URI, you can also remove items from the "
+"list, either one at a time or by clearint them all at once. The former is "
+"accomplished with <methodname>remove_item()</methodname>, the latter with "
+"<methodname>purge_items()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5854(para)
+msgid ""
+"The functions <methodname>move_item()</methodname>, <methodname>remove_item()"
+"</methodname> and <methodname>purge_items()</methodname> have no effect on "
+"the actual files that are referred to by the URIs, they only modify the list "
+"of recent files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5866(title)
+msgid "RecentChooser"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5871(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>RecentChooser</classname> is an interface that can be implemented "
+"by widgets displaying the list of recently used files. <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> provides three built-in implementations for choosing recent "
+"files: <classname>RecentChooserWidget</classname>, "
+"<classname>RecentChooserDialog</classname>, and "
+"<classname>RecentChooserMenu</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5879(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>RecentChooserWidget</classname> is a simple widget for displaying "
+"a list of recently used files. <classname>RecentChooserWidget</classname> is "
+"the basic building block for <classname>RecentChooserDialog</classname>, but "
+"you can embed it into your user interface if you want to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5886(para)
+msgid ""
+"The last class that implements the <classname>RecentChooser</classname> "
+"interface is <classname>RecentChooserMenu</classname>. This class allows you "
+"to list recently used files as a menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5892(title)
+msgid "Simple RecentChooserWidget example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5893(para)
+msgid ""
+"Shown below is a simple example of how to use the "
+"<classname>RecentChooserDialog</classname> class in a program. This simple "
+"program has a menubar with a \"Recent Files Dialog\" menu item. When you "
+"select this menu item, a dialog pops up showing the list of recently used "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5901(para)
+msgid ""
+"If this is the first time you're using a program that uses the Recent Files "
+"framework, the dialog may be empty at first. Otherwise it should show the "
+"list of recently used documents registered by other applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5908(para)
+msgid ""
+"After selecting the <guimenuitem>Recent Files Dialog</guimenuitem> menu "
+"item, you should see something similar to the following window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5917(para)
+msgid ""
+"The constructor for <classname>ExampleWindow</classname> creates the menu "
+"using <classname>UIManager</classname> (see <xref linkend=\"chapter-menus-"
+"and-toolbars\"/> for more information). It then adds the menu and the "
+"toolbar to the window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5925(title)
+msgid "Filtering Recent Files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5926(para)
+msgid ""
+"For any of the <classname>RecentChooser</classname> classes, if you don't "
+"wish to display all of the items in the list of recent files, you can filter "
+"the list to show only those that you want. You can filter the list with the "
+"help of the <classname>RecentFilter</classname> class. This class allows you "
+"to filter recent files by their name (<methodname>add_pattern()</"
+"methodname>), their mime type (<methodname>add_mime_type()</methodname>), "
+"the application that registered them (<methodname>add_application()</"
+"methodname>), or by a custom filter function (<methodname>add_custom()</"
+"methodname>). It also provides the ability to filter based on how long ago "
+"the file was modified and which groups it belongs to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5939(para)
+msgid ""
+"After you've created and set up the filter to match only the items you want, "
+"you can apply a filter to a chooser widget with the "
+"<methodname>RecentChooser::add_filter()</methodname> function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5949(title)
+msgid "Plugs and Sockets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5951(title)
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5952(para)
+msgid ""
+"From time to time, it may be useful to be able to embed a widget from "
+"another application within your application. <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> allows you to do this with the <classname>Gtk::Socket</"
+"classname> and <classname>Gtk::Plug</classname> classes. It is not "
+"anticipated that very many applications will need this functionality, but in "
+"the rare case that you need to display a widget that is running in a "
+"completely different process, these classes can be very helpful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5961(para)
+msgid ""
+"The communication between a <classname>Socket</classname> and a "
+"<classname>Plug</classname> follows the XEmbed protocol. This protocol has "
+"also been implemented in other toolkits (e.g. Qt), which allows the same "
+"level of integration when embedding a Qt widget in GTK+ or vice versa."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5967(para)
+msgid ""
+"The way that <classname>Sockets</classname> and <classname>Plugs</classname> "
+"work together is through their window ids. Both a <classname>Socket</"
+"classname> and a <classname>Plug</classname> have IDs that can be retrieved "
+"with their <methodname>get_id()</methodname> member functions. The use of "
+"these IDs will be explained below in <xref linkend=\"sec-connecting-plugs-"
+"sockets\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5976(title)
+msgid "Sockets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5977(para)
+msgid ""
+"A <classname>Socket</classname> is a special kind of container widget that "
+"provides the ability to embed widgets from one process into another process "
+"in a way that is transparent to the user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5984(title)
+msgid "Plugs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5985(para)
+msgid ""
+"A <classname>Plug</classname> is a special kind of Window that can be "
+"plugged into a <classname>Socket</classname>. Besides the normal properties "
+"and methods of <classname>Gtk::Window</classname>, a <classname>Plug</"
+"classname> provides a constructor that takes the ID of a <classname>Socket</"
+"classname>, which will automatically embed the <classname>Plug</classname> "
+"into the <classname>Socket</classname> that matches that ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:5994(para)
+msgid ""
+"Since a <classname>Plug</classname> is just a special type of "
+"<classname>Gtk::Window</classname> class, you can add containers or widgets "
+"to it like you would to any other window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6001(title)
+msgid "Connecting Plugs and Sockets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6002(para)
+msgid ""
+"After a <classname>Socket</classname> or <classname>Plug</classname> object "
+"is realized, you can obtain its ID with its <methodname>get_id()</"
+"methodname> function. This ID can then be shared with other processes so "
+"that other processes know how to connect to eachother."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6013(para)
+msgid ""
+"Create a <classname>Socket</classname> object in one process and pass the ID "
+"of that <classname>Socket</classname> to another process so that it can "
+"create a <classname>Plug</classname> object by specifying the given "
+"<classname>Socket</classname> ID in its constructor. There is no way to "
+"assign a <classname>Plug</classname> to a particular <classname>Socket</"
+"classname> after creation, so you must pass the <classname>Socket</"
+"classname> ID to the <classname>Plug</classname>'s constructor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6026(para)
+msgid ""
+"Create a <classname>Plug</classname> independantly from any particular "
+"<classname>Socket</classname> and pass the ID of the <classname>Plug</"
+"classname> to other processes that need to use it. The ID of the "
+"<classname>Plug</classname> can be associated with a particular "
+"<classname>Socket</classname> object using the <methodname>Socket::add_id()</"
+"methodname> function. This is the approach used in the example below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6009(para)
+msgid "There are two basic strategies that can be used: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6041(title)
+msgid "Plugs and Sockets Example"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6042(para)
+msgid ""
+"The following is a simple example of using sockets and plugs. The method of "
+"communication between processes is deliberately kept very simple: The "
+"<classname>Plug</classname> writes its ID out to a text file named "
+"<filename>plug.id</filename> and the process with the socket reads the ID "
+"from this files. In a real program, you may want to use a more sophisticated "
+"method of inter-process communication."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6051(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example creates two executable programs: <filename>socket</filename> "
+"and <filename>plug</filename>. The idea is that <filename>socket</filename> "
+"has an application window that will embed a widget from the <filename>plug</"
+"filename> program. The way this example is designed, <filename>plug</"
+"filename> must be running first before starting <filename>socket</filename>. "
+"To see the example in action, execute the following commands in order from "
+"within the example directory:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6060(para)
+msgid ""
+"Start the <filename>plug</filename> program and send it to the background "
+"(or just use a different terminal)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6064(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "$ ./plug &amp;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6065(para)
+msgid "After which you should see something like the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6068(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "The window ID is: 69206019"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6069(para)
+msgid "Then start the <filename>socket</filename> program:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6070(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "$ ./socket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6071(para)
+msgid ""
+"After starting <filename>socket</filename>, you should see the following "
+"output in the terminal:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6075(screen)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"I've been embedded.\n"
+"A plug was added"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6077(para)
+msgid ""
+"The first line of output is from <filename>plug</filename>, after it has "
+"been notified that it has been embedded inside of a <classname>Socket</"
+"classname>. The second line was emitted by <filename>socket</filename> in "
+"response to its <methodname>plug_added</methodname> signal. If everything "
+"was done as described above, the <filename>socket</filename> window should "
+"look roughly like the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6089(para)
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason the <classname>Socket</classname> couldn't attach the "
+"<classname>Plug</classname>, the window would look something like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6100(title)
+msgid "Timeouts, I/O and Idle Functions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6103(title)
+msgid "Timeouts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6105(para)
+msgid ""
+"You may be wondering how to make <application>gtkmm</application> do useful "
+"work while it's idling along (well, sleeping actually) in <methodname>Gtk::"
+"Main::run()</methodname>. Happily, you have several options. Using the "
+"following methods you can create a timeout method that will be called every "
+"few milliseconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6113(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"sigc::connection Glib::SignalTimeout::connect(const sigc::slot&lt;bool&gt;&amp; slot, unsigned int interval, int priority = Glib::PRIORITY_DEFAULT);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6118(para)
+msgid ""
+"The first argument is a <classname>slot</classname> you wish to have called "
+"when the timeout occurs. The second argument is the number of milliseconds "
+"between calls to that method. You receive a <classname>sigc::connection</"
+"classname> object that can be used to deactivate the connection using its "
+"<methodname>disconnect()</methodname> method:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6128(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"my_connection.disconnect();\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6140(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"bool MyCallback() { std::cout &lt;&lt; \"Hello World!\\n\" &lt;&lt; std::endl; return true; }\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6133(para)
+msgid ""
+"Another way of destroying the connection is your signal handler. It has to "
+"be of the type <classname>sigc::slot&lt;bool&gt;</classname>. As you see "
+"from the definition your signal handler has to return a value of the type "
+"<literal>bool</literal>. A definition of a sample method might look like "
+"this: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6146(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can stop the timeout method by returning <literal>false</literal> from "
+"your signal handler. Therefore, if you want your method to be called "
+"repeatedly, it should return <literal>true</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6152(para)
+msgid "Here's an example of this technique:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6161(title)
+msgid "Monitoring I/O"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6163(para)
+msgid ""
+"A nifty feature of Glib (one of the libraries underlying <application>gtkmm</"
+"application>) is the ability to have it check for data on a file descriptor "
+"for you. This is especially useful for networking applications. The "
+"following method is used to do this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6171(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"sigc::connection Glib::SignalInput::connect(const sigc::slot&lt;bool,Glib::IOCondition&gt;&amp; slot,\n"
+"                                    int fd, Glib::IOCondition condition,\n"
+"                                    int priority = Glib::PRIORITY_DEFAULT);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6178(para)
+msgid ""
+"The first argument is a slot you wish to have called when then the specified "
+"event (see argument 3) occurs on the file descriptor you specify using "
+"argument two. Argument three may be one or more (using <literal>|</literal>) "
+"of:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6188(para)
+msgid ""
+"Glib::IO_IN - Call your method when there is data ready for reading on your "
+"file descriptor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6196(para)
+msgid ""
+"Glib::IO_OUT - Call your method when the file descriptor is ready for "
+"writing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6204(para)
+msgid ""
+"Glib::IO_PRI - Call your method when the file descriptor has urgent data to "
+"be read."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6211(para)
+msgid ""
+"Glib::IO_ERR - Call your method when an error has occurred on the file "
+"descriptor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6218(para)
+msgid ""
+"Glib::IO_HUP - Call your method when hung up (the connection has been broken "
+"usually for pipes and sockets)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6225(para)
+msgid ""
+"The return value is a <classname>sigc::connection</classname> that may be "
+"used to stop monitoring this file descriptor using its <methodname>disconnect"
+"()</methodname> method. The <parameter>slot</parameter> signal handler "
+"should be declared as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6232(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"bool input_callback(Glib::IOCondition condition);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6237(para)
+msgid ""
+"where <parameter>condition</parameter> is as specified above. As usual the "
+"slot is created with <function>sigc::mem_fun()</function> (for a member "
+"method of an object.), or <function>sigc::ptr_fun()</function> (for a "
+"function)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6244(para)
+msgid ""
+"A little example follows. To use the example just execute it from a "
+"terminal; it doesn't create a window. It will create a pipe named "
+"<literal>testfifo</literal> in the current directory. Then start another "
+"shell and execute <literal>echo \"Hello\" &gt; testfifo</literal>. The "
+"example will print each line you enter until you execute <literal>echo \"Q\" "
+"&gt; testfifo</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6258(title)
+msgid "Idle Functions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6260(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you want to specify a method that gets called when nothing else is "
+"happening, use the following:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6265(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"sigc::connection  Glib::SignalIdle::connect(const sigc::slot&lt;bool&gt;&amp; slot, int priority = Glib::PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6270(para)
+msgid ""
+"This causes <application>gtkmm</application> to call the specified method "
+"whenever nothing else is happening. You can add a priority (lower numbers "
+"are higher priorities). There are two ways to remove the signal handler: "
+"calling <methodname>disconnect()</methodname> on the <classname>sigc::"
+"connection</classname> object, or returning <literal>false</literal> in the "
+"signal handler, which should be declared as follows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6280(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"bool idleFunc();\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6285(para)
+msgid ""
+"Since this is very similar to the methods above this explanation should be "
+"sufficient to understand what's going on. However, here's a little example:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6292(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example points out the difference of idle and timeout methods a little. "
+"If you need methods that are called periodically, and speed is not very "
+"important, then you want timeout methods. If you want methods that are "
+"called as often as possible (like calculating a fractal in background), then "
+"use idle methods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6300(para)
+msgid ""
+"Try executing the example and increasing the system load. The upper progress "
+"bar will increase steadily; the lower one will slow down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6310(title)
+msgid "Memory management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6316(title)
+msgid "Normal C++ memory management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6318(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> allows the programmer to control the "
+"lifetime (that is, the construction and destruction) of any widget in the "
+"same manner as any other C++ object. This flexibility allows you to use "
+"<literal>new</literal> and <literal>delete</literal> to create and destroy "
+"objects dynamically or to use regular class members (that are destroyed "
+"automatically when the class is destroyed) or to use local instances (that "
+"are destroyed when the instance goes out of scope). This flexibility is not "
+"present in some C++ GUI toolkits, which restrict the programmer to only a "
+"subset of C++'s memory management features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6330(para)
+msgid "Here are some examples of normal C++ memory management:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6333(title)
+msgid "Class Scope widgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6335(para)
+msgid ""
+"If a programmer does not need dynamic memory allocation, automatic widgets "
+"in class scope may be used. One advantage of automatic widgets in class "
+"scope is that memory management is grouped in one place. The programmer does "
+"not risk memory leaks from failing to <literal>delete</literal> a widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6342(para)
+msgid ""
+"The primary disadvantages of using class scope widgets are revealing the "
+"class implementation rather than the class interface in the class header. "
+"Class scope widgets also require Automatic widgets in class scope suffer the "
+"same disadvantages as any other class scope automatic variable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6350(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"#include &lt;gtkmm/button.h&gt;\n"
+"class Foo\n"
+"{\n"
+"private:\n"
+"  Gtk::Button theButton;\n"
+"  // will be destroyed when the Foo object is destroyed\n"
+"};\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6363(title)
+msgid "Function scope widgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6371(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"{\n"
+"  Gtk::Button aButton;\n"
+"  aButton.show();\n"
+"  ...\n"
+"  kit.run();\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6365(para)
+msgid ""
+"If a programmer does not need a class scope widget, a function scope widget "
+"may also be used. The advantages to function scope over class scope are the "
+"increased data hiding and reduced dependencies. <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6383(title)
+msgid "Dynamic allocation with new and delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6385(para)
+msgid ""
+"Although, in most cases, the programmer will prefer to allow containers to "
+"automatically destroy their children using <function>manage()</function> "
+"(see below), the programmer is not required to use <function>manage()</"
+"function>. The traditional <literal>new</literal> and <literal>delete</"
+"literal> operators may also be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6395(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Gtk::Button* pButton = new Gtk::Button(\"Test\");\n"
+"\n"
+"// do something useful with pButton\n"
+"\n"
+"delete pButton;\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6393(para)
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder-1/> Here, the programmer deletes pButton to prevent a memory "
+"leak."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6410(title)
+msgid "Managed Widgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6412(para)
+msgid ""
+"Alternatively, you can let a widget's container control when the widget is "
+"destroyed. In most cases, you want a widget to last only as long as the "
+"container it is in. To delegate the management of a widget's lifetime to its "
+"container, first create it with <function>manage()</function> and pack it "
+"into its container with <methodname>add()</methodname>. Now, the widget will "
+"be destroyed whenever its container is destroyed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6422(title)
+msgid "Dynamic allocation with manage() and add()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6424(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> provides the <function>manage()</function> "
+"function and <methodname>add()</methodname> methods to create and destroy "
+"widgets. Every widget except a top-level window must be added or packed into "
+"a container in order to be displayed. The <function>manage()</function> "
+"function marks a packed widget so that when the widget is added to a "
+"container, the container becomes responsible for deleting the widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6434(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"MyWidget::MyWidget()\n"
+"{\n"
+"  Gtk::Button* pButton = manage(new Gtk::Button(\"Test\"));\n"
+"  add(*pButton); //add aButton to MyWidget\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6433(para)
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder-1/> Now, when objects of type <classname>MyWidget</classname> "
+"are destroyed, the button will also be deleted. It is no longer necessary to "
+"delete pButton to free the button's memory; its deletion has been delegated "
+"to the <classname>MyWidget</classname> object."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6448(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> also provides the <methodname>set_manage()</"
+"methodname> method for all widgets. This can be used to generate the same "
+"result as <function>manage()</function>, but is more tedious:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6454(para)
+msgid "foo.add( (w=new Gtk::Label(\"Hello\"), w-&gt;set_manage(), &amp;w) );"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6458(para)
+msgid "is the same as"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6462(para)
+msgid "foo.add( manage(new Gtk::Label(\"Hello\")) );"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6466(para)
+msgid ""
+"Of course, a top level container will not be added to another container. The "
+"programmer is responsible for destroying the top level container using one "
+"of the traditional C++ techniques. For instance, your top-level Window might "
+"just be an instance in your <function>main()</function> function.."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6478(title)
+msgid "Shared resources"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6480(para)
+msgid ""
+"Some objects, such as <classname>Gdk::Pixmap</classname>s and "
+"<classname>Pango::Font</classname>s, are obtained from a shared store. "
+"Therefore you cannot instantiate your own instances. These classes typically "
+"inherit from <classname>Glib::Object</classname>. Rather than requiring you "
+"to reference and unreference these objects, <application>gtkmm</application> "
+"uses the <classname>RefPtr&lt;&gt;</classname> smartpointer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6492(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Bitmap&gt; bitmap = Gdk::Bitmap::create(window, data, width, height);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6489(para)
+msgid ""
+"Objects such as <classname>Gdk::Bitmap</classname> can only be instantiated "
+"with a <methodname>create()</methodname> function. For instance, "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6501(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"if(bitmap)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  int depth = bitmap-&gt;get_depth().\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6497(para)
+msgid ""
+"You have no way of getting a bare <classname>Gdk::Bitmap</classname>. In the "
+"example, <varname>bitmap</varname> is a smart pointer, so you can do this, "
+"much like a normal pointer: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6509(para)
+msgid ""
+"When <varname>bitmap</varname> goes out of scope an <methodname>unref()</"
+"methodname> will happen in the background and you don't need to worry about "
+"it anymore. There's no <literal>new</literal> so there's no <literal>delete</"
+"literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6517(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Bitmap&gt; bitmap2 = bitmap.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6515(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you copy a <classname>RefPtr</classname>, for instance <placeholder-1/> , "
+"or if you pass it as a method argument or a return type, then "
+"<classname>RefPtr</classname> will do any necessary referencing to ensure "
+"that the instance will not be destroyed until the last <classname>RefPtr</"
+"classname> has gone out of scope."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6525(para)
+msgid ""
+"See the <link linkend=\"chapter-refptr\">appendix</link> for detailed "
+"information about RefPtr."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6530(para)
+msgid "Bjarne Stroustrup, \"The C++ Programming Language\" - section 14.4.2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6533(para)
+msgid "Nicolai M. Josuttis, \"The C++ Standard Library\" - section 4.2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6526(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you wish to learn more about smartpointers, you might look in these "
+"books: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6544(title)
+msgid "Glade and Gtk::Builder"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6545(para)
+msgid ""
+"Although you can use C++ code to instantiate and arrange widgets, this can "
+"soon become tedious and repetitive. And it requires a recompilation to show "
+"changes. The <application>Glade</application> application allows you to "
+"layout widgets on screen and then save an XML description of the "
+"arrangement. Your application can then use the <application>Gtk::Builder</"
+"application> API to load that XML file at runtime and obtain a pointer to "
+"specifically named widget instances."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6558(simpara)
+msgid "Less C++ code is required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6559(simpara)
+msgid "UI changes can be seen more quickly, so UIs are able to improve."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6560(simpara)
+msgid "Designers without programming skills can create and edit UIs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6555(para)
+msgid "This has the following advantages: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6564(para)
+msgid ""
+"You still need C++ code to deal with User Interface changes triggered by "
+"user actions, but using <application>Gtk::Builder</application> for the "
+"widget layout allows you to focus on implementing that functionality."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6571(title)
+msgid "Loading the .glade file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6576(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::Builder&gt; builder = Gtk::Builder::create_from_file(\"basic.glade\");\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6572(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Gtk::Builder</classname> must be used via a <classname>Glib::"
+"RefPtr</classname>. Like all such classes, you need to use a "
+"<methodname>create()</methodname> method to instantiate it. For instance, "
+"<placeholder-1/> This will instantiate the windows defined in the .glade "
+"file, though they will not be shown immediately unless you have specified "
+"that via the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> window in <application>Glade</"
+"application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6585(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::Builder&gt; builder = Gtk::Builder::create_from_file(\"basic.glade\", \"treeview_products\");\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6584(para)
+msgid ""
+"To instantiate just one window, or just one of the child widgets, you can "
+"specify the name of a widget as the second parameter. For instance, "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6593(title)
+msgid "Accessing widgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6601(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Gtk::Dialog* pDialog = 0;\n"
+"builder-&gt;get_widget(\"DialogBasic\", pDialog);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6595(para)
+msgid ""
+"To access a widget, for instance to <methodname>show()</methodname> a "
+"dialog, use the <methodname>get_widget()</methodname> method, providing the "
+"widget's name. This name should be specified in the <application>Glade</"
+"application> Properties window. If the widget could not be found, or is of "
+"the wrong type, then the pointer will be set to 0. <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6607(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>Gtk::Builder</application> checks for a null pointer, and "
+"checks that the widget is of the expected type, and will show warnings on "
+"the command line about these."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6613(para)
+msgid ""
+"Remember that you are not instantiating a widget with <methodname>get_widget"
+"()</methodname>, you are just obtaining a pointer to one that already "
+"exists. You will always receive a pointer to the same instance when you call "
+"<methodname>get_widget()</methodname> on the same <classname>Gtk::Builder</"
+"classname>, with the same widget name. The widgets are instantiated during "
+"<methodname>Gtk::Builder::create_from_file()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6622(para)
+msgid ""
+"<methodname>get_widget()</methodname> returns child widgets that are "
+"<function>manage()</function>ed (see the <link linkend=\"chapter-memory"
+"\">Memory Management</link> chapter), so they will be deleted when their "
+"parent container is deleted. So, if you get only a child widget from "
+"<application>Gtk::Builder</application>, instead of a whole window, then you "
+"must either put it in a <classname>Container</classname> or delete it. "
+"<classname>Windows</classname> (such as <classname>Dialogs</classname>) "
+"cannot be managed because they have no parent container, so you must delete "
+"them at some point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6636(para)
+msgid ""
+"This simple example shows how to load a <application>Glade</application> "
+"file at runtime and access the widgets with <application>Gtk::Builder</"
+"application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6649(title)
+msgid "Using derived widgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6650(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can use <application>Glade</application> to layout your own custom "
+"widgets derived from <application>gtkmm</application> widget classes. This "
+"keeps your code organized and encapsulated. Of course you won't see the "
+"exact appearance and properties of your derived widget in "
+"<application>Glade</application>, but you can specify its location and child "
+"widgets and the properties of its <application>gtkmm</application> base "
+"class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6659(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"DerivedDialog* pDialog = 0;\n"
+"builder-&gt;get_widget_derived(\"DialogBasic\", pDialog);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6658(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use <methodname>Gtk::Builder::get_widget_derived()</methodname> like so: "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6665(para)
+msgid ""
+"Your derived class must have a constructor that takes a pointer to the "
+"underlying C type, and the <classname>Gtk::Builder</classname> instance. All "
+"relevant classes of <application>gtkmm</application> typedef their "
+"underlying C type as <classname>BaseObjectType</classname> (<classname>Gtk::"
+"Dialog</classname> typedefs <classname>BaseObjectType</classname> as "
+"<type>GtkDialog</type>, for instance)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6675(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"DerivedDialog::DerivedDialog(BaseObjectType* cobject, const Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::Builder&gt;&amp; builder)\n"
+": Gtk::Dialog(cobject)\n"
+"{\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6672(para)
+msgid ""
+"You must call the base class's constructor in the initialization list, "
+"providing the C pointer. For instance, <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6687(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"DerivedDialog::DerivedDialog(BaseObjectType* cobject, const Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::Builder&gt;&amp; builder)\n"
+": Gtk::Dialog(cobject),\n"
+"  m_builder(builder),\n"
+"  m_pButton(0)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  //Get the Glade-instantiated Button, and connect a signal handler:\n"
+"  m_builder-&gt;get_widget(\"quit_button\", m_pButton);\n"
+"  if(m_pButton)\n"
+"  {\n"
+"    m_pButton-&gt;signal_clicked().connect( sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;DerivedDialog::on_button_quit) );\n"
+"  }\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6683(para)
+msgid ""
+"You could then encapsulate the manipulation of the child widgets in the "
+"constructor of the derived class, maybe using <methodname>get_widget()</"
+"methodname> or <methodname>get_widget_derived()</methodname> again. For "
+"instance, <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6705(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example shows how to load a <application>Glade</application> file at "
+"runtime and access the widgets via a derived class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6718(title)
+msgid "Internationalization and Localization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6720(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> applications can easily support multiple "
+"languages, including non-European languages such as Chinese and right-to-"
+"left languages such as Arabic. An appropriately-written and translated "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> application will use the appropriate "
+"language at runtime based on the user's environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6726(para)
+msgid ""
+"You might not anticipate the need to support additional languages, but you "
+"can never rule it out. And it's easier to develop the application properly "
+"in the first place rather than retrofitting later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6732(para)
+msgid ""
+"The process of writing source code that allows for translation is called "
+"<literal>internationalization</literal>, often abbreviated to <literal>i18n</"
+"literal>. The <literal>Localization</literal> process, sometimes abbreviated "
+"as <literal>l10n</literal>, provides translated text for other languages, "
+"based on that source code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6740(para)
+msgid ""
+"The main activity in the internationalization process is finding strings "
+"seen by users and marking them for translation. You do not need to do it all "
+"at once - if you set up the necessary project infrastructure correctly then "
+"your application will work normally regardless of how many strings you've "
+"covered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6748(para)
+msgid ""
+"String literals should be typed in the source code in English, but "
+"surrounded by a macro. The <application>gettext</application> (or intltool) "
+"utility can then extract the marked strings for tramslation, and substitute "
+"the translated text at runtime."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6756(title)
+msgid "Preparing your project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6759(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the instructions below we will assume that you will not be using "
+"<application>gettext</application> directly, but <application>intltool</"
+"application>, which was written specifically for <literal>GNOME</literal>. "
+"<application>intltool</application> uses <function>gettext()</function>, "
+"which extracts strings from source code, but <application>intltool</"
+"application> can also combine strings from other files, for example from "
+"desktop menu details, and GUI resource files such as <application>Glade</"
+"application> files, into standard <application>gettext</"
+"application><filename>.pot/.po</filename> files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6770(para)
+msgid ""
+"We also assume that you are using autotools (e.g. <application>automake</"
+"application> and <application>autoconf</application>) to build your project, "
+"and that you are using <ulink url=\"http://svn.gnome.org/viewcvs/gnome-";
+"common/trunk/autogen.sh?view=markup\"><literal>./autogen.sh</literal> from "
+"<application>gnome-common</application></ulink>, which, among other things, "
+"takes care of some <application>intltool</application> initialization."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6783(para)
+msgid ""
+"Create a sub-directory named <literal>po</literal> in your project's root "
+"directory. This directory will eventually contain all of your translations. "
+"Within it, create a file named <literal>LINGUAS</literal> and a file named "
+"<literal>POTFILES.in</literal>. It is common practice to also create a "
+"<literal>ChangeLog</literal> file in the <literal>po</literal> directory so "
+"that translators can keep track of translation changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6793(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>LINGUAS</literal> contains an alphabetically sorted list of codes "
+"identifying the languages for which your program is translated (comment "
+"lines starting with a <literal>#</literal> are ignored). Each language code "
+"listed in the <literal>LINGUAS</literal> file must have a corresponding "
+"<literal>.po</literal> file. So, if your program has German and Japanese "
+"translations, your <literal>LINGUAS</literal> file would look like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6802(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"# keep this file sorted alphabetically, one language code per line\n"
+"de\n"
+"ja"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6805(para)
+msgid ""
+"(In addition, you'd have the files <literal>ja.po</literal> and <literal>de."
+"po</literal> in your <literal>po</literal> directory which contain the "
+"German and Japanese translations, respectively.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6812(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>POTFILES.in</literal> is a list of paths to all files which contain "
+"strings marked up for translation, starting from the project root directory. "
+"So for example, if your project sources were located in a subdirectory named "
+"<literal>src</literal>, and you had two files that contained strings that "
+"should be translated, your <literal>POTFILES.in</literal> file might look "
+"like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6821(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"src/main.cc\n"
+"src/other.cc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6824(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you are using <application>gettext</application> directly, you can only "
+"mark strings for translation if they are in source code file. However, if "
+"you use <application>intltool</application>, you can mark strings for "
+"translation in a variety of other file formats, including "
+"<application>Glade</application> UI files, xml, <ulink url=\"http://";
+"standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/\">.desktop files</"
+"ulink> and several more. So, if you have designed some of the application UI "
+"in <application>Glade</application> then also add your <filename>.glade</"
+"filename> files to the list in <literal>POTFILES.in</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6837(para)
+msgid ""
+"Now that there is a place to put your translations, you need to initialize "
+"<application>intltool</application> and <application>gettext</application>. "
+"Add the following code to your <literal>configure.ac</literal>, substituting "
+"'programname' with the name of your program:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6844(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"IT_PROG_INTLTOOL([0.35.0])\n"
+"\n"
+"GETTEXT_PACKAGE=programname\n"
+"AC_SUBST(GETTEXT_PACKAGE)\n"
+"AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([GETTEXT_PACKAGE], [\"$GETTEXT_PACKAGE\"],\n"
+"                   [The domain to use with gettext])\n"
+"AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT\n"
+"\n"
+"PROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR=[${datadir}/locale]\n"
+"AC_SUBST(PROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6855(para)
+msgid ""
+"This <varname>PROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR</varname> variable will be used later in "
+"the <literal>Makefile.am</literal> file, to define a macro that will be used "
+"when you initialize <application>gettext</application> in your source code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6866(para)
+msgid ""
+"Add <literal>po</literal> to the <literal>SUBDIRS</literal> variable. "
+"Without this, your translations won't get built and installed when you build "
+"the program"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6873(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"INTLTOOL_FILES = intltool-extract.in \\\n"
+"                 intltool-merge.in \\\n"
+"                 intltool-update.in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6871(para)
+msgid "Define <literal>INTLTOOL_FILES</literal> as: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6879(para)
+msgid ""
+"Add <literal>INTLTOOL_FILES</literal> to the <literal>EXTRA_DIST</literal> "
+"list of files. This ensures that when you do a <command>make dist</command>, "
+"these commands will be included in the source tarball."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6889(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"DISTCLEANFILES = ... intltool-extract \\\n"
+"                 intltool-merge \\\n"
+"                 intltool-update \\\n"
+"                 po/.intltool-merge-cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6887(para)
+msgid "Update your <literal>DISTCLEANFILES</literal>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6862(para)
+msgid "In the top-level Makefile.am: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6898(para)
+msgid ""
+"In your <literal>src/Makefile.am</literal>, update your "
+"<literal>AM_CPPFLAGS</literal> to add the following preprocessor macro "
+"definition:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6903(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "AM_CPPFLAGS = ... -DPROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR=\\\"${PROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR}\\\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6904(para)
+msgid ""
+"This macro will be used when you initialize <literal>gettext</literal> in "
+"your source code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6911(title)
+msgid "Marking strings for translation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6913(para)
+msgid ""
+"String literals should be typed in the source code in English, but they "
+"should be surrounded by a call to the <function>gettext()</function> "
+"function. These strings will be extracted for translation and the "
+"translations may be used at runtime instead of the original English strings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6921(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <application>GNU gettext</application> package allows you to mark "
+"strings in source code, extract those strings for translation, and use the "
+"translated strings in your application."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6933(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "display_message(\"Getting ready for i18n.\");"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6935(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "display_message(_(\"Getting ready for i18n.\"));"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6927(para)
+msgid ""
+"However, <application>Glib</application> defines <function>gettext()</"
+"function> support macros which are shorter wrappers in an easy-to-use form. "
+"To use these macros, include <literal>&lt;glibmm/i18n.h&gt;</literal>, and "
+"then, for example, substitute: <placeholder-1/> with: <placeholder-2/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6946(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "xgettext -a -o my-strings --omit-header *.cc *.h"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6938(para)
+msgid ""
+"For reference, it is possible to generate a file which contains all strings "
+"which appear in your code, even if they are not marked for translation, "
+"together with file name and line number references. To generate such a file "
+"named <literal>my-strings</literal>, execute the following command, within "
+"the source code directory: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6953(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"bindtextdomain(GETTEXT_PACKAGE, PROGRAMNAME_LOCALEDIR);\n"
+"bind_textdomain_codeset(GETTEXT_PACKAGE, \"UTF-8\");\n"
+"textdomain(GETTEXT_PACKAGE);"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6949(para)
+msgid ""
+"Finally, to let you program use the translation for the current locale, add "
+"this code to the beginning of your <filename>main.cc</filename> file, to "
+"initialize gettext. <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6959(title)
+msgid "How gettext works"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6961(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>intltool</application> / <application>xgettext</application> "
+"script extracts the strings and puts them in a <filename>mypackage.pot</"
+"filename> file. The translators of your application create their "
+"translations by first copying this <filename>.pot</filename> file to a "
+"<filename>localename.po</filename> file. A locale identifies a language and "
+"an encoding for that language, including date and numerical formats. Later, "
+"when the text in your source code has changed, the <literal>msmerge</"
+"literal> script is used to update the <filename>localename.po</filename> "
+"files from the regenerated <filename>.pot</filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6975(para)
+msgid ""
+"At install time, the <filename>.po</filename> files are converted to a "
+"binary format (with the extension <filename>.mo</filename>) and placed in a "
+"system-wide directory for locale files, for example <filename>/usr/share/"
+"locale/</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6982(para)
+msgid ""
+"When the application runs, the <application>gettext</application> library "
+"checks the system-wide directory to see if there is a <filename>.mo</"
+"filename> file for the user's locale environment (you can set the locale "
+"with, for instance, \"export LANG=de_DE.UTF-8\" from a bash console). Later, "
+"when the program reaches a <literal>gettext</literal> call, it looks for a "
+"translation of a particular string. If none is found, the original string is "
+"used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6994(title)
+msgid "Testing and adding translations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7001(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "intltool-update --pot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:6996(para)
+msgid ""
+"To convince yourself that you've done well, you may wish to add a "
+"translation for a new locale. In order to do that, go to the <filename>po</"
+"filename> subdirectory of your project and execute the following command: "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7004(para)
+msgid ""
+"That will create a file named <filename>programname.pot</filename>. Now copy "
+"that file to <filename>languagecode.po</filename>, such as <filename>de.po</"
+"filename> or <filename>hu.po</filename>. Also add that language code to "
+"<literal>LINGUAS</literal>. The <filename>.po</filename> file contains a "
+"header and a list of English strings, with space for the translated strings "
+"to be entered. Make sure you set the encoding of the <filename>.po</"
+"filename> file (specified in the header, but also as content) to "
+"<literal>UTF-8</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7017(para)
+msgid ""
+"It's possible that certain strings will be marked as <literal>fuzzy</"
+"literal> in the <filename>.po</filename> file. These translations will not "
+"substitute the original string. To make them appear, simply remove the "
+"<literal>fuzzy</literal> tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7027(title)
+msgid "Resources"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7036(ulink)
+msgid "Internationalizing GNOME applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7043(ulink)
+msgid "Intltool README"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7049(ulink)
+msgid "How to use GNOME CVS as a Translator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7055(ulink)
+msgid "gettext manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7061(literal)
+msgid "gtkmm_hello"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7061(ulink) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7067(ulink)
+msgid "<placeholder-1/> example package"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7067(literal)
+msgid "gnomemm_hello"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7029(para)
+msgid ""
+"More information about what lies behind the internationalization and "
+"localization process is presented and demonstrated in: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7077(title)
+msgid "Expecting UTF8"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7078(para)
+msgid ""
+"A properly internationalized application will not make assumptions about the "
+"number of bytes in a character. That means that you shouldn't use pointer "
+"arithmetic to step through the characters in a string, and it means you "
+"shouldn't use <classname>std::string</classname> or standard C functions "
+"such as <function>strlen()</function> because they make the same assumption."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7085(para)
+msgid ""
+"However, you probably already avoid bare char* arrays and pointer arithmetic "
+"by using <classname>std::string</classname>, so you just need to start using "
+"<classname>Glib::ustring</classname> instead. See the <link linkend=\"sec-"
+"basics-ustring\">Basics</link> chapter about <classname>Glib::ustring</"
+"classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7093(title)
+msgid "Glib::ustring and std::iostreams"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7094(para)
+msgid ""
+"TODO: This section is not clear - it needs to spell things out more clearly "
+"and obviously."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7110(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"std::ostringstream output;\n"
+"output.imbue(std::locale(\"\")); // use the user's locale for this stream\n"
+"output &lt;&lt; percentage &lt;&lt; \" % done\";\n"
+"label-&gt;set_text(Glib::locale_to_utf8(output.str()));"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7095(para)
+msgid ""
+"Unfortunately, the integration with the standard iostreams is not completely "
+"foolproof. <application>gtkmm</application> converts <classname>Glib::"
+"ustring</classname>s to a locale-specific encoding (which usually is not UTF-"
+"8) if you output them to an <classname>ostream</classname> with "
+"<function>operator&lt;&lt;</function>. Likewise, retrieving <classname>Glib::"
+"ustrings</classname> from <classname>istream</classname> with "
+"<function>operator&gt;&gt;</function> causes a conversion in the opposite "
+"direction. But this scheme breaks down if you go through a <classname>std::"
+"string</classname>, e.g. by inputting text from a stream to a "
+"<classname>std::string</classname> and then implicitly converting it to a "
+"<classname>Glib::ustring</classname>. If the string contained non-ASCII "
+"characters and the current locale is not UTF-8 encoded, the result is a "
+"corrupted <classname>Glib::ustring</classname>. You can work around this "
+"with a manual conversion. For instance, to retrieve the <classname>std::"
+"string</classname> from a <classname>ostringstream</classname>: <placeholder-"
+"1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7120(title)
+msgid "Pitfalls"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7122(para)
+msgid ""
+"There are a few common mistakes that you would discover eventually yourself. "
+"But this section might help you to avoid them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7125(title)
+msgid "Same strings, different semantics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7127(para)
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes two english strings are identical but have different meanings in "
+"different contexts, so they would probably not be identical when translated. "
+"Since the English strings are used as look-up keys, this causes problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7131(para)
+msgid ""
+"In these cases, you should add extra characters to the strings. For "
+"instance, use <literal>\"jumps[noun]\"</literal> and <literal>\"jumps[verb]"
+"\"</literal> instead of just <literal>\"jumps\"</literal>) and strip them "
+"again outside the <function>gettext</function> call. If you add extra "
+"characters you should also add a comment for the translators before the "
+"<function>gettext</function> call. Such comments will be shown in the "
+"<filename>.po</filename> files. For instance:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7141(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"// note to translators: don't translate the \"[noun]\" part - it is\n"
+"// just here to distinguish the string from another \"jumps\" string\n"
+"text = strip(gettext(\"jumps[noun]\"), \"[noun]\");"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7147(title)
+msgid "Composition of strings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7149(para)
+msgid ""
+"C programmers use <function>sprintf()</function> to compose and concatenate "
+"strings. C++ favours streams, but unfortunately, this approach makes "
+"translation difficult, because each fragment of text is translated "
+"separately, without allowing the translators to rearrange them according to "
+"the grammar of the language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7156(para)
+msgid "For instance, this code would be problematic:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7158(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"std::cout &lt;&lt; _(\"Current amount: \") &lt;&lt; amount\n"
+"          &lt;&lt; _(\" Future: \") &lt;&lt; future &lt;&lt; std::endl;\n"
+"\n"
+"label.set_text(_(\"Really delete \") + filename + _(\" now?\"));"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7163(para)
+msgid ""
+"So you should either avoid this situation or revert to the C-style "
+"<function>sprintf()</function>. One possible solution is the <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.cs.auc.dk/~olau/compose/\";>compose library</ulink> which "
+"supports syntax such as:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7170(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "label.set_text(compose(_(\"Really delete %1 now?\"), filename));"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7174(title)
+msgid "Assuming the displayed size of strings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7176(para)
+msgid ""
+"You never know how much space a string will take on screen when translated. "
+"It might very possibly be twice the size of the original English string. "
+"Luckily, most <application>gtkmm</application> widgets will expand at "
+"runtime to the required size."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7180(title)
+msgid "Unusual words"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7182(para)
+msgid ""
+"You should avoid cryptic abbreviations, slang, or jargon. They are usually "
+"difficult to translate, and are often difficult for even native speakers to "
+"understand. For instance, prefer \"application\" to \"app\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7188(title)
+msgid "Using non-ASCII characters in strings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7190(para)
+msgid ""
+"Currently, <application>gettext</application> does not support non-ASCII "
+"characters (i.e. any characters with a code above 127) in source code. For "
+"instance, you cannot use the copyright sign (©)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7196(para)
+msgid ""
+"To work around this, you could write a comment in the source code just "
+"before the string, telling the translators to use the special character if "
+"it is available in their languages. For english, you could then make an "
+"American English <filename>en_US.po</filename> translation which used that "
+"special charactger."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7204(title)
+msgid "Getting help with translations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7206(para)
+msgid ""
+"If your program is free software, there is a whole <literal>GNOME</literal> "
+"subproject devoted to helping you make translations, the <ulink url=\"http://";
+"developer.gnome.org/projects/gtp/\"><literal>GNOME</literal> Translation "
+"Project</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7211(para)
+msgid ""
+"The way it works is that you contact the gnome-i18n mailing list to find out "
+"how the translators can access your <filename>po/</filename> subdirectory, "
+"and to add your project to the big <ulink url=\"http://developer.gnome.org/";
+"projects/gtp/status/\">status tables</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7218(para)
+msgid ""
+"Then you make sure you update the file <filename>POTFILES.in</filename> in "
+"the <filename>po/</filename> subdirectory (<command>intltool-update -M</"
+"command> can help with this) so that the translators always access updated "
+"<filename>myprogram.pot</filename> files, and simply freeze the strings at "
+"least a couple of days before you make a new release, announcing it on gnome-"
+"i18n. Depending on the number of strings your program contains and how "
+"popular it is, the translations will then start to tick in as "
+"<filename>languagename.po</filename> files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7230(para)
+msgid ""
+"Note that most language teams only consist of 1-3 persons, so if your "
+"program contains a lot of strings, it might last a while before anyone has "
+"the time to look at it. Also, most translators do not want to waste their "
+"time (translating is a very time-consuming task) so if they do not assess "
+"your project as being really serious (in the sense that it is polished and "
+"being maintained) they may decide to spend their time on some other project."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7242(title) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7331(title)
+msgid "Custom Widgets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7244(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> makes it very easy to derive new widgets by "
+"inheriting from an existing widget class, either by deriving from a "
+"container and adding child widgets, or by deriving from a single-item "
+"widget, and changing its behaviour. But you might occasionally find that no "
+"suitable starting point already exists. In this case, you can implement a "
+"widget from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7246(title)
+msgid "Custom Containers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7249(para)
+msgid ""
+"<methodname>on_size_request()</methodname>: Calculate the minimum height and "
+"width needed by the container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7250(para)
+msgid ""
+"<methodname>on_size_allocate()</methodname>: Position the child widgets, "
+"given the height and width that the container has actually been given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7251(para)
+msgid ""
+"<methodname>forall_vfunc()</methodname>: Call the same callback for each of "
+"the children."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7252(para)
+msgid "<methodname>on_add()</methodname>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7253(para)
+msgid "<methodname>on_remove()</methodname>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7254(para)
+msgid ""
+"<methodname>child_type_vfunc()</methodname>: Return what type of child can "
+"be added."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7247(para)
+msgid ""
+"When deriving from <classname>Gtk::Container</classname>, you should "
+"override the following virtual methods: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7258(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <methodname>on_size_request()</methodname> and "
+"<methodname>on_size_allocate()</methodname> virtual methods control the "
+"layout of the child widgets. For instance, if your container has 2 child "
+"widgets, with one below the other, your <methodname>on_size_request()</"
+"methodname> might report the maximum of their widths and the sum of their "
+"heights. If you want padding between the child widgets then you would add "
+"that to the width and height too. Your widget's container will use this "
+"result to ensure that your widget gets enough space, and not less. By "
+"examining each widget's parent, and its parent, this logic will eventually "
+"decide the size of the top-level window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7270(para)
+msgid ""
+"<methodname>on_size_allocate()</methodname>, however, receives the actual "
+"height and width that the parent container has decided to give to your "
+"widget. This might be more than the minimum, for instance if the top-level "
+"window has been expanded. You might choose to ignore the extra space and "
+"leave a blank area, or you might choose to expand your child widgets to fill "
+"the space, or you might choose to expand the padding between your widgets. "
+"Its your container, so you decide. Don't forget to call "
+"<methodname>set_allocation()</methodname> inside your "
+"<methodname>on_size_allocate()</methodname> implementation to actually use "
+"the allocated space that has been offered by the parent container."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7281(para)
+msgid ""
+"Unless your container is a top-level window that derives from "
+"<classname>Gtk::Window</classname>, you should also call <methodname>Gtk::"
+"Container::set_flags(Gtk::NO_WINDOW)</methodname> in your constructor. "
+"Otherwise, your container will appear in its own window, regardless of what "
+"container you put it in. And unless your container draws directly onto the "
+"underlying <classname>Gdk::Window</classname>, you should probably call "
+"<methodname>set_redraw_on_allocate(false)</methodname> to improve "
+"performance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7291(para)
+msgid ""
+"By overriding <methodname>forall_vfunc()</methodname> you can allow "
+"applications to operate on all of the container's child widgets. For "
+"instance, <methodname>show_all_children()</methodname> uses this to find all "
+"the child widgets and show them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7296(para)
+msgid ""
+"Although your container might have its own method to set the child widgets, "
+"you should still provide an implementation for the virtual <methodname>on_add"
+"()</methodname> and <methodname>on_remove()</methodname> methods from the "
+"base class, so that the add() and remove() methods will do something "
+"appropriate if they are called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7302(para)
+msgid ""
+"Your implementation of the <methodname>child_type_vfunc()</methodname> "
+"method should report the type of widget that may be added to your container, "
+"if it is not yet full. This is usually <methodname>Gtk::Widget::get_type()</"
+"methodname> to indicate that the container may contain any class derived "
+"from <classname>Gtk::Widget</classname>. If the container may not contain "
+"any more widgets, then this method should return <literal>G_TYPE_NONE</"
+"literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7314(para)
+msgid ""
+"This example implements a container with two child widgets, one above the "
+"other. Of course, in this case it would be far simpler just to use a "
+"<classname>Gtk::VBox</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7319(title)
+msgid "Custom Container"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7332(para)
+msgid ""
+"By deriving directly from <classname>Gtk::Widget</classname> you can do all "
+"the drawing for your widget directly, instead of just arranging child "
+"widgets. For instance, a <classname>Gtk::Label</classname> draws the text of "
+"the label, but does not do this by using other widgets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7340(para)
+msgid "This example implements a widget which draws a Penrose triangle."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7343(title)
+msgid "Custom Widget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7359(title)
+msgid "Recommended Techniques"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7361(para)
+msgid ""
+"This section is simply a gathering of wisdom, general style guidelines and "
+"hints for creating <application>gtkmm</application> applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7365(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use GNU <application>autoconf</application> and <application>automake</"
+"application>! They are your friends :) <application>Automake</application> "
+"examines C files, determines how they depend on each other, and generates a "
+"<filename>Makefile</filename> so the files can be compiled in the correct "
+"order. <application>Autoconf</application> permits automatic configuration "
+"of software installation, handling a large number of system quirks to "
+"increase portability.."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7375(para)
+msgid ""
+"Subclass Widgets to better organize your code. You should probably subclass "
+"your main <classname>Window</classname> at least. Then you can make your "
+"child Widgets and signal handlers members of that class."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7380(para)
+msgid ""
+"Create your own signals instead of passing pointers around. Objects can "
+"communicate with each other via signals and signal handlers. This is much "
+"simpler than objects holding pointers to each other and calling each other's "
+"methods. <application>gtkmm</application>'s classes uses special versions of "
+"<classname>sigc::signal</classname>, but you should use normal "
+"<classname>sigc::signal</classname>s, as described in the "
+"<application>libsigc++</application> documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7389(title)
+msgid "Application Lifetime"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7390(para)
+msgid ""
+"Most applications will have only one <classname>Window</classname>, or only "
+"one main window. These applications can use the <methodname>Gtk::Main::run"
+"(Gtk::Window&amp;)</methodname> overload. It shows the window and returns "
+"when the window has been hidden. This might happen when the user closes the "
+"window, or when your code decides to <methodname>hide()</methodname> the "
+"window. You can prevent the user from closing the window (for instance, if "
+"there are unsaved changes) by overriding <methodname>Gtk::Window::"
+"on_delete_event()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7398(para)
+msgid "Most of our examples use this technique."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7402(title)
+msgid "Using a <application>gtkmm</application> widget"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7404(para)
+msgid ""
+"Our examples all tend to have the same structure. They follow these steps "
+"for using a <classname>Widget</classname>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7413(para)
+msgid ""
+"Declare a variable of the type of <classname>Widget</classname> you wish to "
+"use, generally as member variable of a derived container class. You could "
+"also declare a pointer to the widget type, and then create it with "
+"<literal>new</literal> in your code. Even when using the widget via a "
+"pointer, it's still probably best to make that pointer a member variable of "
+"a container class so that you can access it later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7424(para)
+msgid ""
+"Set the attributes of the widget. If the widget has no default constructor, "
+"then you will need to initialize the widget in the initalizer list of your "
+"container class's constructor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7430(para)
+msgid "Connect any signals you wish to use to the appropriate handlers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7436(para)
+msgid ""
+"Pack the widget into a container using the appropriate call, e.g. "
+"<methodname>Gtk::Container::add()</methodname> or <methodname>pack_start()</"
+"methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7444(para)
+msgid "Call <methodname>show()</methodname> to display the widget."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7453(para)
+msgid ""
+"<methodname>Gtk::Widget::show()</methodname> lets <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> know that we have finished setting the attributes of the "
+"widget, and that it is ready to be displayed. You can use <methodname>Gtk::"
+"Widget::hide()</methodname> to make it disappear again. The order in which "
+"you show the widgets is not important, but we do suggest that you show the "
+"top-level window last; this way, the whole window will appear with its "
+"contents already drawn. Otherwise, the user will first see a blank window, "
+"into which the widgets will be gradually drawn."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7467(title)
+msgid "Contributing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7469(para)
+msgid ""
+"This document, like so much other great software out there, was created for "
+"free by volunteers. If you are at all knowledgeable about any aspect of "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> that does not already have documentation, "
+"please consider contributing to this document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7475(para)
+msgid ""
+"Ideally, we would like you to <ulink url=\"http://www.gtkmm.org/bugs.shtml";
+"\">provide a patch</ulink> to the <filename>docs/tutorial/C/gtkmm-tutorial-"
+"in.xml</filename> file. This file is currently in the <literal>gtkmm-"
+"documentation</literal> module in GNOME git."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7481(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you do decide to contribute, please post your contribution to the "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> mailing list at <ulink url=\"mailto:gtkmm-";
+"list gnome org\">&lt;gtkmm-list gnome org&gt;</ulink>. Also, be aware that "
+"the entirety of this document is free, and any addition you provide must "
+"also be free. That is, people must be able to use any portion of your "
+"examples in their programs, and copies of this document (including your "
+"contribution) may be distributed freely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7493(title)
+msgid "The RefPtr smartpointer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7494(para)
+msgid ""
+"<classname>Glib::RefPtr</classname> is a smartpointer. Specifically, it is a "
+"reference-counting smartpointer. You might be familiar with <literal>std::"
+"auto_ptr&lt;&gt;</literal>, which is also a smartpointer, but <literal>Glib::"
+"RefPtr&lt;&gt;</literal> is much simpler, and more useful. We expect a "
+"future version of the C++ Standard Library to contain a reference-counting "
+"shared smartpointer, and a future version of <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> might possibly use that instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7504(para)
+msgid ""
+"A smartpointer acts much like a normal pointer. Here are a few examples."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7507(title)
+msgid "Copying"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7508(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can copy <classname>RefPtr</classname>s, just like normal pointers. But "
+"unlike normal pointers, you don't need to worry about deleting the "
+"underlying instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7514(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Bitmap&gt; refBitmap = Gdk::Bitmap::create(window,\n"
+"data, width, height);\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Bitmap&gt; refBitmap2 = refBitmap;\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7520(para)
+msgid ""
+"Of course this means that you can store <classname>RefPtrs</classname> in "
+"standard containers, such as <classname>std::vector</classname> or "
+"<classname>std::list</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7525(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"std::list&lt; Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixmap&gt; &gt; listPixmaps;\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Pixmap&gt; refPixmap = Gdk::Pixmap::create(window,\n"
+"width, height, depth);\n"
+"listPixmaps.push_back(refPixmap);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7534(title)
+msgid "Dereferencing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7535(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can dereference a smartpointer with the -&gt; operator, to call the "
+"methods of the underlying instance, just like a normal pointer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7539(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Bitmap&gt; refBitmap = Gdk::Bitmap::create(window,\n"
+"data, width, height);\n"
+"int depth = refBitmap-&gt;get_depth();\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7545(para)
+msgid ""
+"But unlike most smartpointers, you can't use the * operator to access the "
+"underlying instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7549(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gdk::Bitmap&gt; refBitmap = Gdk::Bitmap::create(window,\n"
+"data, width, height);\n"
+"Gdk::Bitmap* underlying = *refBitmap; //Syntax error - will not compile.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7557(title)
+msgid "Casting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7558(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can cast <classname>RefPtrs</classname> to base types, just like normal "
+"pointers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7563(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeStore&gt; refStore = Gtk::TreeStore::create(columns);\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeModel&gt; refModel = refStore;\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7568(para)
+msgid ""
+"This means that any method which takes a <type>const Glib::RefPtr&lt;"
+"BaseType&gt;</type> argument can also take a <type>const Glib::RefPtr&lt;"
+"DerivedType&gt;</type>. The cast is implicit, just as it would be for a "
+"normal pointer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7572(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can also cast to a derived type, but the syntax is a little different "
+"than with a normal pointer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7576(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeStore&gt; refStore =\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeStore&gt;::cast_dynamic(refModel);\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeStore&gt; refStore2 =\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeStore&gt;::cast_static(refModel);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7586(title)
+msgid "Checking for null"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7587(para)
+msgid ""
+"Just like normal pointers, you can check whether a <classname>RefPtr</"
+"classname> points to anything."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7592(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Glib::RefPtr&lt;Gtk::TreeModel&gt; refModel = m_TreeView.get_model();\n"
+"if(refModel)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  int cols_count = refModel-&gt;get_n_columns();\n"
+"  ...\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7601(para)
+msgid ""
+"But unlike normal pointers, <classname>RefPtr</classname>s are automatically "
+"initialized to null so you don't need to remember to do that yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7608(title)
+msgid "Constness"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7609(para)
+msgid ""
+"The use of the <literal>const</literal> keyword in C++ is not always clear. "
+"You might not realise that <type>const Something*</type> declares a pointer "
+"to a <type>const Something</type>, The pointer can be changed, but not the "
+"<type>Something</type> that it points to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7615(para)
+msgid ""
+"Therefore, the <classname>RefPtr</classname> equivalent of <type>Something*</"
+"type> for a method parameter is <type>const Glib::RefPtr&lt;Something&gt;"
+"&amp;</type>, and the equivalent of <type>const Something*</type> is "
+"<type>const Glib::RefPtr&lt;const Something&gt;&amp;</type>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7622(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>const ... &amp;</literal> around both is just for efficiency, "
+"like using <classname>const std::string&amp;</classname> instead of "
+"<classname>std::string</classname> for a method parameter to avoid "
+"unnecessary copying."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7637(title)
+msgid "Connecting signal handlers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7638(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> widget classes have signal accessor "
+"methods, such as <methodname>Gtk::Button::signal_clicked()</methodname>, "
+"which allow you to connect your signal handler. Thanks to the flexibility of "
+"<application>libsigc++</application>, the callback library used by "
+"<application>gtkmm</application>, the signal handler can be almost any kind "
+"of function, but you will probably want to use a class method. Among "
+"<application>GTK+</application> C coders, these signal handlers are often "
+"named callbacks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7648(para)
+msgid "Here's an example of a signal handler being connected to a signal:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7653(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"#include &lt;gtkmm/button.h&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"void on_button_clicked()\n"
+"{\n"
+"    std::cout &lt;&lt; \"Hello World\" &lt;&lt; std::endl;\n"
+"}\n"
+"\n"
+"main()\n"
+"{\n"
+"    Gtk::Button button(\"Hello World\");\n"
+"    button.signal_clicked().connect(sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_button_clicked));\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7669(para)
+msgid ""
+"There's rather a lot to think about in this (non-functional) code. First "
+"let's identify the parties involved:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7677(para)
+msgid "The signal handler is <methodname>on_button_clicked()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7683(para)
+msgid ""
+"We're hooking it up to the <classname>Gtk::Button</classname> object called "
+"<varname>button</varname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7690(para)
+msgid ""
+"When the Button emits its <literal>clicked</literal> signal, "
+"<methodname>on_button_clicked()</methodname> will be called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7698(para)
+msgid "Now let's look at the connection again:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7703(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"    ...\n"
+"    button.signal_clicked().connect(sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_button_clicked));\n"
+"    ...\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7710(para)
+msgid ""
+"Note that we don't pass a pointer to <methodname>on_button_clicked()</"
+"methodname> directly to the signal's <methodname>connect()</methodname> "
+"method. Instead, we call <function>sigc::ptr_fun()</function>, and pass the "
+"result to <methodname>connect()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7717(para)
+msgid ""
+"<function>sigc::ptr_fun()</function> generates a <classname>sigc::slot</"
+"classname>. A slot is an object which looks and feels like a function, but "
+"is actually an object. These are also known as function objects, or "
+"functors. <function>sigc::ptr_fun()</function> generates a slot for a "
+"standalone function or static method. <function>sigc::mem_fun()</function> "
+"generates a slot for a member method of a particular instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7726(para)
+msgid "Here's a slightly larger example of slots in action:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7731(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"void on_button_clicked();\n"
+"\n"
+"class some_class\n"
+"{\n"
+"    void on_button_clicked();\n"
+"};\n"
+"\n"
+"some_class some_object;\n"
+"\n"
+"main()\n"
+"{\n"
+"    Gtk::Button button;\n"
+"    button.signal_clicked().connect( sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_button_clicked) );\n"
+"    button.signal_clicked().connect( sigc::mem_fun(some_object, &amp;some_class::on_button_clicked) );\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7750(para)
+msgid ""
+"The first call to <methodname>connect()</methodname> is just like the one we "
+"saw last time; nothing new here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7753(para)
+msgid ""
+"The next is more interesting. <function>sigc::mem_fun()</function> is called "
+"with two arguments. The first argument is <parameter>some_object</"
+"parameter>, which is the object that our new slot will be pointing at. The "
+"second argument is a pointer to one of its methods. This particular version "
+"of <function>sigc::mem_fun()</function> creates a slot which will, when "
+"\"called\", call the pointed-to method of the specified object, in this case "
+"<methodname>some_object.on_button_clicked()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7763(para)
+msgid ""
+"Another thing to note about this example is that we made the call to "
+"<methodname>connect()</methodname> twice for the same signal object. This is "
+"perfectly fine - when the button is clicked, both signal handlers will be "
+"called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7770(para)
+msgid ""
+"We just told you that the button's <literal>clicked</literal> signal is "
+"expecting to call a method with no arguments. All signals have requirements "
+"like this - you can't hook a function with two arguments to a signal "
+"expecting none (unless you use an adapter, such as <function>sigc::bind()</"
+"function>, of course). Therefore, it's important to know what type of signal "
+"handler you'll be expected to connect to a given signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7782(title)
+msgid "Writing signal handlers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7784(para)
+msgid ""
+"To find out what type of signal handler you can connect to a signal, you can "
+"look it up in the reference documentation or the header file. Here's an "
+"example of a signal declaration you might see in the <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> headers:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7791(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Glib::SignalProxy1&lt;bool, Gtk::DirectionType&gt; signal_focus()\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7796(para)
+msgid ""
+"Other than the signal's name (<literal>focus</literal>), two things are "
+"important to note here: the number following the word "
+"<classname>SignalProxy</classname> at the beginning (1, in this case), and "
+"the types in the list (<type>bool</type> and <type>Gtk::DirectionType</"
+"type>). The number indicates how many arguments the signal handler should "
+"have; the first type, <type>bool</type>, is the type that the signal handler "
+"should return; and the next type, <type>Gtk::DirectionType</type>, is the "
+"type of this signal's first, and only, argument. By looking at the reference "
+"documentation, you can see the names of the arguments too."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7808(para)
+msgid ""
+"The same principles apply for signals which have more arguments. Here's one "
+"with three (taken from <filename>&lt;gtkmm/editable.h&gt;</filename>):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7814(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Glib::SignalProxy3&lt;void, const Glib::ustring&amp;, int, int*&gt; signal_insert_text()\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7820(para)
+msgid ""
+"It follows the same form. The number 3 at the end of the type's name "
+"indicates that our signal handler will need three arguments. The first type "
+"in the type list is <type>void</type>, so that should be our signal "
+"handler's return type. The following three types are the argument types, in "
+"order. Our signal handler's prototype could look like this:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7829(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"void on_insert_text(const Glib::ustring&amp; text, int length, int* position);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7836(title)
+msgid "Disconnecting signal handlers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7838(para)
+msgid ""
+"Let's take another look at a Signal's <literal>connect</literal> method:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7843(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"sigc::signal&lt;void,int&gt;::iterator signal&lt;void,int&gt;::connect( const sigc::slot&lt;void,int&gt;&amp; );\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7848(para)
+msgid ""
+"Notice that the return value is of type <classname>sigc::signal&lt;void,"
+"int&gt;::iterator</classname>. This can be implicitely converted into a "
+"<classname>sigc::connection</classname> which in turn can be used to control "
+"the connection. By keeping a connection object you can disconnect its "
+"associated signal handler using the method <methodname>sigc::connection::"
+"disconnect()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7859(title)
+msgid "Overriding default signal handlers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7861(para)
+msgid ""
+"So far we've told you to perform actions in response to button-presses and "
+"the like by handling signals. That's certainly a good way to do things, but "
+"it's not the only way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7868(para)
+msgid ""
+"Instead of laboriously connecting signal handlers to signals, you can simply "
+"make a new class which inherits from a widget - say, a Button - and then "
+"override the default signal handler, such as Button::on_clicked(). This can "
+"be a lot simpler than hooking up signal handlers for everything."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7875(para)
+msgid ""
+"Subclassing isn't always the best way to accomplish things. It is only "
+"useful when you want the widget to handle its own signal by itself. If you "
+"want some other class to handle the signal then you'll need to connect a "
+"separate handler. This is even more true if you want several objects to "
+"handle the same signal, or if you want one signal handler to respond to the "
+"same signal from different objects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7880(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> classes are designed with overriding in "
+"mind; they contain virtual member methods specifically intended to be "
+"overridden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7885(para)
+msgid "Let's look at an example of overriding:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7890(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"#include &lt;gtkmm/button.h&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"class OverriddenButton : public Gtk::Button\n"
+"{\n"
+"protected:\n"
+"    virtual void on_clicked();\n"
+"}\n"
+"\n"
+"void OverriddenButton::on_clicked()\n"
+"{\n"
+"    std::cout &lt;&lt; \"Hello World\" &lt;&lt; std::endl;\n"
+"\n"
+"    // call the base class's version of the method:\n"
+"    Gtk::Button::on_clicked();\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7909(para)
+msgid ""
+"Here we define a new class called <classname>OverriddenButton</classname>, "
+"which inherits from <classname>Gtk::Button</classname>. The only thing we "
+"change is the <methodname>on_clicked()</methodname> method, which is called "
+"whenever <classname>Gtk::Button</classname> emits the <literal>clicked</"
+"literal> signal. This method prints \"Hello World\" to <literal>stdout</"
+"literal>, and then calls the original, overridden method, to let "
+"<classname>Gtk::Button</classname> do what it would have done had we not "
+"overridden."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7920(para)
+msgid ""
+"You don't always need to call the parent's method; there are times when you "
+"might not want to. Note that we called the parent method <emphasis>after</"
+"emphasis> writing \"Hello World\", but we could have called it before. In "
+"this simple example, it hardly matters much, but there are times when it "
+"will. With signals, it's not quite so easy to change details like this, and "
+"you can do something here which you can't do at all with connected signal "
+"handlers: you can call the parent method in the <emphasis>middle</emphasis> "
+"of your custom code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7934(title)
+msgid "Binding extra arguments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7942(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"m_button1.signal_clicked().connect( sigc::bind&lt;Glib::ustring&gt;( sigc::mem_fun(*this, &amp;HelloWorld::on_button_clicked), \"button 1\") );\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7949(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"virtual void on_button_clicked(Glib::ustring data);\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7935(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you use one signal handler to catch the same signal from several widgets, "
+"you might like that signal handler to receive some extra information. For "
+"instance, you might want to know which button was clicked. You can do this "
+"with <function>sigc::bind()</function>. Here's some code from the <link "
+"linkend=\"sec-helloworld2\">helloworld2</link> example, which you will "
+"encounter later. <placeholder-1/> This says that we want the signal to send "
+"an extra <classname>Glib::ustring</classname> argument to the signal "
+"handler, and that the value of that argument should be \"button 1\". Of "
+"course we will need to add that extra argument to the declaration of our "
+"signal handler: <placeholder-2/> Of course, a normal \"clicked\" signal "
+"handler would have no arguments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7954(para)
+msgid ""
+"<function>sigc::bind()</function> is not commonly used, but you might find "
+"it helpful sometimes. If you are familiar with <application>GTK+</"
+"application> programming then you have probably noticed that this is similar "
+"to the extra <literal>gpointer data</literal> arguments which all GTK+ "
+"callbacks have. This is generally overused in <application>GTK+</"
+"application> to pass information that should be stored as member data in a "
+"derived widget, but widget derivation is very difficult in C. We have far "
+"less need of this hack in <application>gtkmm</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7966(title)
+msgid "X Event signals"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7967(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <classname>Widget</classname> class has some special signals which "
+"correspond to the underlying X-Windows events. These are suffixed by "
+"<literal>_event</literal>; for instance, <methodname>Widget::"
+"signal_button_pressed_event()</methodname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7973(para)
+msgid ""
+"You might occasionally find it useful to handle X events when there's "
+"something you can't accomplish with normal signals. <classname>Gtk::Button</"
+"classname>, for example, does not send mouse-pointer coordinates with its "
+"<literal>clicked</literal> signal, but you could handle "
+"<literal>button_pressed_event</literal> if you needed this information. X "
+"events are also often used to handle key-presses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7982(para)
+msgid ""
+"These signals behave slightly differently. The value returned from the "
+"signal handler indicates whether it has fully \"handled\" the event. If the "
+"value is <literal>false</literal> then <application>gtkmm</application> will "
+"pass the event on to the next signal handler. If the value is <literal>true</"
+"literal> then no other signal handlers will need to be called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7987(para)
+msgid ""
+"Handling an X event doesn't affect the Widget's other signals. If you handle "
+"<literal>button_pressed_event</literal> for <classname>Gtk::Button</"
+"classname>, you'll still be able to get the <literal>clicked</literal> "
+"signal. They are emitted at (nearly) the same time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:7994(para)
+msgid ""
+"Note also that not all widgets recieve all X events by default. To receive "
+"additional X events, you can use <methodname>Gtk::Widget::set_events()</"
+"methodname> before showing the widget, or <methodname>Gtk::Widget::add_events"
+"()</methodname> after showing the widget. However, some widgets must first "
+"be placed inside an <classname>EventBox</classname> widget. See the <link "
+"linkend=\"chapter-widgets-without-xwindows\">Widgets Without X-Windows</"
+"link> chapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8003(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"bool on_button_press(GdkEventButton* event);\n"
+"Gtk::Button button(\"label\");\n"
+"button.signal_button_press_event().connect( sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_button_press) );\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8001(para)
+msgid "Here's a simple example: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8009(para)
+msgid ""
+"When the mouse is over the button and a mouse button is pressed, "
+"<methodname>on_button_press()</methodname> will be called."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8014(para)
+msgid ""
+"<type>GdkEventButton</type> is a structure containing the event's "
+"parameters, such as the coordinates of the mouse pointer at the time the "
+"button was pressed. There are several different types of <type>GdkEvent</"
+"type> structures for the various events."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8022(title)
+msgid "Signal Handler sequence"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8024(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"button.signal_button_press_event().connect( sigc::ptr_fun(&amp;on_mywindow_button_press), false );\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8023(para)
+msgid ""
+"By default, your signal handlers are called after any previously-connected "
+"signal handlers. However, this can be a problem with the X Event signals. "
+"For instance, the existing signal handlers, or the default signal handler, "
+"might return true to stop other signal handlers from being called. To "
+"specify that your signal handler should be called before the other signal "
+"handlers, so that will always be called, you can specify <literal>false</"
+"literal> for the optional <literal>after</literal> parameter. For instance, "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8038(title)
+msgid "Creating your own signals"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8039(para)
+msgid ""
+"Now that you've seen signals and signal handlers in <application>gtkmm</"
+"application>, you might like to use the same technique to allow interaction "
+"between your own classes. That's actually very simple by using the "
+"<application>libsigc++</application> library directly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8045(para)
+msgid ""
+"This isn't purely a <application>gtkmm</application> or GUI issue. "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> uses <application>libsigc++</application> "
+"to implement its proxy wrappers for the <application>GTK+</application> "
+"signal system, but for new, non-GTK+ signals, you can create pure C++ "
+"signals, using the <classname>sigc::signal&lt;&gt;</classname> template."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8056(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"sigc::signal&lt;void, bool, int&gt; signal_something;\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8052(para)
+msgid ""
+"For instance, to create a signal that sends 2 parameters, a <type>bool</"
+"type> and an <type>int</type>, just declare a <classname>sigc::signal</"
+"classname>, like so: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8064(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"class Server\n"
+"{\n"
+"public:\n"
+"  //signal accessor:\n"
+"  typedef sigc::signal&lt;void, bool, int&gt; type_signal_something;\n"
+"  type_signal_something signal_something();\n"
+"\n"
+"protected:\n"
+"  type_signal_something m_signal_something;\n"
+"};\n"
+"\n"
+"Server::type_signal_something Server::signal_something()\n"
+"{\n"
+"  return m_signal_something;\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8060(para)
+msgid ""
+"You could just declare that signal as a public member variable, but some "
+"people find that distasteful and prefer to make it available via an accessor "
+"method, like so: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8086(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"server.signal_something().connect(\n"
+"  sigc::mem_fun(client, &amp;Client::on_server_something) );\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8083(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can then connect to the signal using the same syntax used when "
+"connecting to <application>gtkmm</application> signals. For instance, "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8094(para)
+msgid "This is a full working example that defines and uses custom signal."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8108(title)
+msgid "Comparison with other signalling systems"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8109(para)
+msgid ""
+"TODO: Rewrite this paragraph and talk about Qt's moc. (An aside: "
+"<application>GTK+</application> calls this scheme \"signalling\"; the sharp-"
+"eyed reader with GUI toolkit experience will note that this same design is "
+"often seen under the name of \"broadcaster-listener\" (e.g., in Metrowerks' "
+"PowerPlant framework for the Macintosh). It works in much the same way: one "
+"sets up <literal>broadcasters</literal>, and then connects "
+"<literal>listeners</literal> to them; the broadcaster keeps a list of the "
+"objects listening to it, and when someone gives the broadcaster a message, "
+"it calls all of its objects in its list with the message. In "
+"<application>gtkmm</application>, signal objects play the role of "
+"broadcasters, and slots play the role of listeners - sort of. More on this "
+"later.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8123(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> signal handlers are strongly-typed, whereas "
+"<application>GTK+</application> C code allows you to connect a callback with "
+"the wrong number and type of arguments, leading to a segfault at runtime. "
+"And, unlike <application>Qt</application>, <application>gtkmm</application> "
+"achieves this without modifying the C++ language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8129(para)
+msgid ""
+"Re. Overriding signal handlers: You can do this in the straight-C world of "
+"GTK+ too; that's what GTK's object system is for. But in GTK+, you have to "
+"go through some complicated procedures to get object-oriented features like "
+"inheritance and overloading. In C++, it's simple, since those features are "
+"supported in the language itself; you can let the compiler do the dirty work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8137(para)
+msgid ""
+"This is one of the places where the beauty of C++ really comes out. One "
+"wouldn't think of subclassing a GTK+ widget simply to override its action "
+"method; it's just too much trouble. In GTK+, you almost always use signals "
+"to get things done, unless you're writing a new widget. But because "
+"overriding methods is so easy in C++, it's entirely practical - and sensible "
+"- to subclass a button for that purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8148(title)
+msgid "<application>gtkmm</application> and Win32"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8149(para)
+msgid ""
+"One of the major advantages of <application>gtkmm</application> is that it "
+"is crossplatform. <application>gtkmm</application> programs written on other "
+"platforms such as GNU/Linux can generally be transferred to Windows (and "
+"vice versa) with few modifications to the source."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8154(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> currently works with the <ulink url="
+"\"http://mingw.org/\";>MingW/GCC3.4 compiler</ulink> and Microsoft Visual C++ "
+"2005 or later (including the freely available express editions) on the "
+"Windows platform. There is an <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/";
+"binaries/win32/gtkmm\"> installer</ulink> available for gtkmm on Microsoft "
+"Windows. Refer to <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/gtkmm/MSWindows/\";> "
+"http://live.gnome.org/gtkmm/MSWindows</ulink> for instructions how to use it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8166(title)
+msgid "Building <application>gtkmm</application> on Win32"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8167(para)
+msgid ""
+"Please see <ulink url=\"http://live.gnome.org/gtkmm/MSWindows/BuildingGtkmm";
+"\">http://live.gnome.org/gtkmm/MSWindows/BuildingGtkmm</ulink> for "
+"instructions on how to build gtkmm on Windws."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8174(title)
+msgid "Working with gtkmm's Source Code"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8175(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you are interested in helping out with the development of "
+"<application>gtkmm</application>, or fixing a bug in <application>gtkmm</"
+"application>, you'll probably need to build the development version of "
+"<application>gtkmm</application>. However, you should not to install a "
+"development version over your stable version. Instead, you should install it "
+"alongside your existing <application>gtkmm</application> installation, in a "
+"separate path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8182(para)
+msgid ""
+"The easiest way to do this is using <ulink url=\"http://library.gnome.org/";
+"devel/jhbuild/unstable/\">jhbuild</ulink>. <application>jhbuild</"
+"application> is a program that makes building GNOME software much easier by "
+"calculating dependencies and building things in the correct order. This "
+"section will give a brief explanation of how to set up jhbuild to build and "
+"install <application>gtkmm</application> from the source repository (git). "
+"For up-to-date information on <application>jhbuild</application>, please "
+"refer to the <ulink url=\"http://library.gnome.org/devel/jhbuild/unstable/";
+"\">jhbuild manual</ulink>. If you need assistance using "
+"<application>jhbuild</application>, you should ask for help on the <ulink "
+"url=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo/gnome-love\";>gnome-love mailing "
+"list</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8197(para)
+msgid ""
+"Note that to build <application>gtkmm</application> from git, you'll often "
+"need to build all of its dependencies from git as well. "
+"<application>jhbuild</application> makes this easier than it would normally "
+"be, but it will take quite a while to build and install them all. You will "
+"probably encounter build problems, though these will usually be corrected "
+"quickly if you report them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8205(title)
+msgid "Setting up jhbuild"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8206(para)
+msgid ""
+"To set up <application>jhbuild</application>, follow the basic installation "
+"instructions from the <ulink url=\"http://library.gnome.org/devel/jhbuild/";
+"unstable/\">jhbuild manual</ulink>. After you've have installd "
+"<application>jhbuild</application>, you should copy the sample "
+"<application>jhbuild</application> configuration file into your home "
+"directory by executing the following command from the <application>jhbuild</"
+"application> directory: <command>$ cp sample.jhbuildrc ~/.jhbuildrc</command>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8221(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "moduleset = 'gnome-2.30'"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8216(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <application>gtkmm</application> module is defined in the GNOME "
+"moduleset (i.e. <filename>gnome-2.xx.modules</filename>, so edit your "
+"<filename>.jhbuildrc</filename> file and set your moduleset setting to the "
+"latest version of GNOME like so: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8227(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "modules = [ 'gtkmm', ]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8223(para)
+msgid ""
+"After setting the correct moduleset, you need to tell <application>jhbuild</"
+"application> which module or modules to build. To build <application>gtkmm</"
+"application> and all of its dependencies, set <varname>modules</varname> "
+"like so: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8229(para)
+msgid ""
+"You can build all GNOME C++ modules by setting the <varname>modules</"
+"varname> variable to the meta-package named <literal>meta-gnome-c++</"
+"literal> or build all of the core GNOME modules with <literal>meta-gnome-"
+"desktop</literal>. The <varname>modules</varname> variable specifies which "
+"modules that will be built when you don't explicitly specify anything on the "
+"command line. You can always build a different moduleset later by specifying "
+"it on the commandline (e.g. <command>jhbuild build gtkmm</command>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8240(title)
+msgid "Setting a prefix"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8241(para)
+msgid ""
+"By default, <application>jhbuild</application>'s configuration is configured "
+"to install all software built with <application>jhbuild</application> under "
+"the <filename>/opt/gnome2</filename> prefix. You can choose a different "
+"prefix, but it is recommended that you keep this prefix different from other "
+"software that you've installed (don't set it to <filename>/usr</filename>!) "
+"If you've followed the jhbuild instructions then this prefix belongs to your "
+"user, so you don't need to run jhbuild as <literal>root</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8255(title)
+msgid ""
+"Installing and Using the git version of <application>gtkmm</application>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8256(para)
+msgid ""
+"Once you've configured <application>jhbuild</application> as described "
+"above, building <application>gtkmm</application> should be relatively "
+"straightforward. The first time you run <application>jhbuild</application>, "
+"you should run the following sequence of commands to ensure that "
+"<application>jhbuild</application> has the required tools and verify that it "
+"is set up correctly: <screen>$ jhbuild bootstrap\n"
+"$ jhbuild sanitycheck</screen>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8267(title)
+msgid ""
+"Installing <application>gtkmm</application> with <application>jhbuild</"
+"application>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8268(para)
+msgid ""
+"If everything worked correctly, you should be able to build "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> and all of its dependencies from git by "
+"executing <command>jhbuild build</command> (or, if you didn't specify "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> in the <varname>modules</varname> variable, "
+"with the command <command>jhbuild build gtkmm</command>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8275(para)
+msgid ""
+"This command will build and install a series of modules and will probably "
+"take quite a long time the first time through. After the first time, "
+"however, it should go quite a bit faster since it only needs to rebuild "
+"files than changed since the last build. Alternatively, after you've built "
+"and installed <application>gtkmm</application> the first time, you can "
+"rebuild <application>gtkmm</application> by itself (without rebuilding all "
+"of its dependencies) with the command <command>jhbuild buildone gtkmm</"
+"command>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8286(title)
+msgid "Using the git version of <application>gtkmm</application>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8287(para)
+msgid ""
+"After you've installed the git version of <application>gtkmm</application>, "
+"you're ready to start using and experimenting with it. In order to use the "
+"new version of <application>gtkmm</application> you've just installed, you "
+"need to set some environment variables so that your <filename>configure</"
+"filename> script knows where to find the new libraries. Fortunately, "
+"<application>jhbuild</application> offers an easy solution to this problem. "
+"Executing the command <command>jhbuild shell</command> will start a new "
+"shell with all of the correct environment variables set. Now if you re-"
+"configure and build your project just as you usually do, it should link "
+"against the newly installed libraries. To return to your previous "
+"environment, simply exit the <application>jhbuild</application> shell."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8301(para)
+msgid ""
+"Once you've built your software, you'll need to run your program within the "
+"jhbuild environment as well. To do this, you can again use the "
+"<command>jhbuild shell</command> command to start a new shell with the "
+"<application>jhbuild</application> environment set up. Alternatively, you "
+"can execute a one-off command in the <application>jhbuild</application> "
+"environment using the following command: <command>jhbuild run command-name</"
+"command>. In this case, the command will be run with the correct environment "
+"variables set, but will return to your previous environment after the "
+"program exits."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8318(title)
+msgid "Wrapping C Libraries with gmmproc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8319(para)
+msgid ""
+"<application>gtkmm</application> uses the <command>gmmproc</command> tool to "
+"generate most of its source code, using .defs files that define the APIs of "
+"<classname>GObject</classname>-based libraries. So it's quite easy to create "
+"additional gtkmm-style wrappers of other glib/GObject-based libraries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8324(para)
+msgid ""
+"This involves a variety of tools, some of them crufty, but it does at least "
+"work, and has been used successfully by several projects."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8329(title)
+msgid "The build structure"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8330(para)
+msgid ""
+"Generation of the source code for a gtkmm-style wrapper API requires use of "
+"tools such as <command>gmmproc</command> and <filename>generate_wrap_init."
+"pl</filename>. In theory you could write your own build files to use these "
+"appropriately, but a much better option is to make use of the build "
+"infrastructure provided by the mm-common module. To get started, it helps a "
+"lot to pick an existing binding module as an example to look at."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8337(para)
+msgid ""
+"For instance, let's pretend that we are wrapping a C library called "
+"libexample. It provides a <classname>GObject</classname>-based API with "
+"types named, for instance, <classname>ExampleThing</classname> and "
+"<classname>ExampleStuff</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8343(title)
+msgid "Copying the skeleton project"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8348(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"  $ git clone git://git.gnome.org/mm-common\n"
+"  $ cp -a mm-common/skeletonmm libsomethingmm\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8345(para)
+msgid ""
+"Typically our wrapper library would be called libsomethingmm. We can start "
+"by copying the <ulink url=\"http://git.gnome.org/cgit/mm-common/tree/";
+"skeletonmm\">skeleton source tree</ulink> from the mm-common module. "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8358(para)
+msgid "<filename>libsomethingmm</filename>: The top-level directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8360(para)
+msgid ""
+"<filename>libsomething</filename>: Contains the main include file and the "
+"pkg-config .pc file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8362(para)
+msgid "<filename>src</filename>: Contains .hg and .ccg source files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8363(para)
+msgid ""
+"<filename>libsomethingmm</filename>: Contains generated and hand-written .h "
+"and .cc files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8365(para)
+msgid ""
+"<filename>private</filename>: Contains generated <filename>*_p.h</filename> "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8353(para)
+msgid ""
+"This provides a directory structure for the source .hg and .ccg files and "
+"the generated .h and .cc files, with <filename>filelist.am</filename> "
+"Automake include files that can specify the various files in use, in terms "
+"of generic Automake variables. The directory structure usually looks like "
+"this, after we have renamed the directories appropriately: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8377(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"$ for f in $(find libsomethingmm -depth -name '*skeleton*'); do \\\n"
+"    d=\"${f%/*}\"; b=\"${f##*/}\"; mv \"$f\" \"$d/${b//skeleton/libsomething}\"; \\\n"
+"  done\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8375(para)
+msgid ""
+"As well as renaming the directories, we should rename some of the source "
+"files. For instance: <placeholder-1/> A number of the skeleton files must "
+"still be filled in with project-specific content later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8384(para)
+msgid ""
+"Note that files ending in <filename>.in</filename> will be used to generate "
+"files with the same name but without the <filename>.in</filename> suffix, by "
+"replacing some variables with actual values during the configure stage."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8390(title)
+msgid "Modifying build files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8392(para)
+msgid ""
+"Now we edit the files to adapt them to to our needs. You might prefer to use "
+"a multiple-file search-replace utility for this, such as <command>regexxer</"
+"command>. Note that nearly all of the files provided with the skeleton "
+"source tree contain placeholder text. Thus, the substitutions should be "
+"performed globally, and not be limited to the Automake and Autoconf files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8396(para)
+msgid ""
+"All mentions of <varname>skeleton</varname> should be replaced by the "
+"correct name of the C library you are wrapping, such as \"something\" or "
+"\"libsomething\". In the same manner, all instances of <varname>SKELETON</"
+"varname> should be replaced by \"SOMETHING\" or \"LIBSOMETHING\", and all "
+"occurrences of <varname>Skeleton</varname> changed to \"Something\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8400(para)
+msgid ""
+"Likewise, replace all instances of <varname>Joe Hacker</varname> by the name "
+"of the intended copyright holder, which is probably you. Do the same for the "
+"<varname>joe example com</varname> email address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8405(title)
+msgid "configure.ac"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8408(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <function>AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR()</function> line must mention a file in our "
+"source tree. We can edit this later if we don't yet know the names of any of "
+"the files that we will create."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8411(para)
+msgid ""
+"It is common for binding modules to track the version number of the library "
+"they are wrapping. So, for instance, if the C library is at version 1.23.4, "
+"then the initial version of the binding module would be 1.23.0. However, "
+"avoid starting with an even minor version number as that usually indicates a "
+"stable release."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8416(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <function>AC_CONFIG_HEADERS()</function> line is used to generate two or "
+"more configuration header files. The first header file in the list contains "
+"all configuration macros which are set during the configure run. The "
+"remaining headers in the list contain only a subset of configuration macros "
+"and their corresponding <filename>configh.h.in</filename> file will not be "
+"autogenerated. The reason for this separation is that the namespaced "
+"configuration headers are installed with your library and define publically "
+"visible macros."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8424(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <function>AC_SUBST([SOMETHINGMM_MODULES], ['...'])</function> line may "
+"need to be modified to check for the correct dependencies."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8426(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <function>AC_CONFIG_FILES()</function> block must mention the correct "
+"directory names, as described above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8406(para)
+msgid "In <filename>configure.ac</filename>, <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8433(title)
+msgid "Makefile.am files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8436(para)
+msgid ""
+"In <filename>skeleton/src/Makefile.am</filename> we must mention the correct "
+"values for the generic variables that are used elsewhere in the build system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8441(varname)
+msgid "binding_name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8442(para)
+msgid "The name of the library, such as libsomethingmm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8446(varname)
+msgid "wrap_init_flags"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8447(para)
+msgid ""
+"Additional command-line flags passed to the <filename>generate_wrap_init.pl</"
+"filename> script, such as the C++ namespace and the parent directory prefix "
+"of include files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8454(para)
+msgid ""
+"In <filename>skeleton/skeletonmm/Makefile.am</filename> we must mention the "
+"correct values for the generic variables that are used elsewhere in the "
+"build system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8459(varname)
+msgid "lib_LTLIBRARIES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8460(para)
+msgid ""
+"This variable must mention the correct library name, and this library name "
+"must be used to form the <varname>_SOURCES</varname>, <varname>_LDFLAGS</"
+"varname>, and <varname>_LIBADD</varname> variable names. It is permissible "
+"to use variables substituted by <filename>configure</filename> like "
+"<varname>@SOMETHINGMM_API_VERSION@</varname> as part of the variable names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8469(varname)
+msgid "AM_CPPFLAGS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8470(para)
+msgid "The command line options passed to the C preprocessor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8474(varname)
+msgid "AM_CXXFLAGS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8475(para)
+msgid "The command line options passed to the C++ compiler."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8434(para)
+msgid ""
+"Next we must adapt the various <filename>Makefile.am</filename> files: "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8485(title)
+msgid "Creating .hg and .ccg files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8486(para)
+msgid ""
+"We should now create our first <filename>.hg</filename> and <filename>.ccg</"
+"filename> files, to wrap one of the objects in the C library. One pair of "
+"example source files already exists: <filename>skeleton.ccg</filename> and "
+"<filename>skeleton.hg</filename>. Create copies of these files as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8490(para)
+msgid ""
+"We must mention all of our <filename>.hg</filename> and <filename>.ccg</"
+"filename> files in the <filename>skeleton/src/filelist.am</filename> file, "
+"typically in the <varname>files_hg</varname> variable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8494(para)
+msgid ""
+"Any additional non-generated <filename>.h</filename> and <filename>.cc</"
+"filename> source files may be placed in <filename>skeleton/skeletonmm/</"
+"filename> and listed in <filename>skeleton/skeletonmm/filelist.am</"
+"filename>, typically in the <varname>files_extra_h</varname> and "
+"<varname>files_extra_cc</varname> variables."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8500(para)
+msgid ""
+"In the <link linkend=\"sec-wrapping-hg-files\">.hg and .ccg files</link> "
+"section you can learn about the syntax used in these files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8507(title)
+msgid "Generating the .defs files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8511(para)
+msgid "objects (GObjects, widgets, interfaces, boxed-types and plain structs)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8512(para)
+msgid "functions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8513(para)
+msgid "enums"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8514(para)
+msgid "signals"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8515(para)
+msgid "properties"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8516(para)
+msgid "vfuncs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8508(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <filename>.defs</filename> file are text files, in a lisp format, that "
+"describe the API of a C library, including its <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8525(filename)
+msgid "gtk.defs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8526(para)
+msgid "Includes the other files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8529(filename)
+msgid "gtk_methods.defs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8530(para)
+msgid "Objects and functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8533(filename)
+msgid "gtk_enums.defs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8534(para)
+msgid "Enumerations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8537(filename)
+msgid "gtk_signals.defs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8538(para)
+msgid "Signals and properties."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8541(filename)
+msgid "gtk_vfuncs.defs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8542(para)
+msgid "vfuncs (function pointer member fields in structs), written by hand."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8519(para)
+msgid ""
+"At the moment, we have separate tools for generating different parts of "
+"these <filename>.defs</filename>, so we split them up into separate files. "
+"For instance, in the <filename>gtk/src</filename> directory of the "
+"<application>gtkmm</application> sources, you will find these files: "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8548(title)
+msgid "Generating the methods .defs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8552(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"$ ./h2def.py /usr/include/gtk-2.0/gtk/*.h &gt; gtk_methods.defs\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8549(para)
+msgid ""
+"This <filename>.defs</filename> file describes objects and their functions. "
+"It is generated by the <command>h2def.py</command> script which you can find "
+"in pygobject's <filename>codegen</filename> directory. For instance, "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8559(title)
+msgid "Generating the enums .defs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8563(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"$ ./enum.pl /usr/include/gtk-2.0/gtk/*.h &gt; gtk_enums.defs\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8560(para)
+msgid ""
+"This <filename>.defs</filename> file describes enum types and their possible "
+"values. It is generated by the <filename>enum.pl</filename> script which you "
+"can find in glibmm's <filename>tools</filename> directory. For instance, "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8570(title)
+msgid "Generating the signals and properties .defs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8575(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"$ cd tools/extra_defs_gen\n"
+"$ ./generate_extra_defs &gt; gtk_signals.defs\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8571(para)
+msgid ""
+"This <filename>.defs</filename> file describes signals and properties. It is "
+"generated by the special <filename>extra_defs</filename> utility that is in "
+"every wrapping project, such as <filename>gtkmm/tools/extra_defs_gen/</"
+"filename>. For instance <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8580(para)
+msgid ""
+"You must edit the source code of your own <filename>generate_extra_defs</"
+"filename> tool in order to generate the <filename>.defs</filename> for the "
+"GObject C types that you wish to wrap. In the skeleton source tree, the "
+"source file is named <filename>codegen/extradefs/"
+"generate_extra_defs_skeleton.cc</filename>. If not done so already, the file "
+"should be renamed, with the basename of your new binding substituted for the "
+"<varname>skeleton</varname> placeholder. The <filename>codegen/Makefile.am</"
+"filename> file should also mention the new source filename."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8589(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"#include &lt;libsomething.h&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"int main(int, char**)\n"
+"{\n"
+"  something_init();\n"
+"\n"
+"  std::cout &lt;&lt; get_defs(EXAMPLE_TYPE_SOMETHING)\n"
+"            &lt;&lt; get_defs(EXAMPLE_TYPE_THING);\n"
+"  return 0;\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8587(para)
+msgid ""
+"Then edit the <filename>.cc</filename> file to specify the correct types. "
+"For instance, your <function>main()</function> function might look like "
+"this: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8605(title)
+msgid "Writing the vfuncs .defs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8615(title)
+msgid "The .hg and .ccg files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8616(para)
+msgid ""
+"The .hg and .ccg source files are very much like .h anc .cc C++ source "
+"files, but they contain extra macros, such as <function>_CLASS_GOBJECT()</"
+"function> and <function>_WRAP_METHOD()</function>, from which "
+"<command>gmmproc</command> generates appropriate C++ source code, usually at "
+"the same position in the header. Any additional C++ source code will be "
+"copied verbatim into the corresponding .h or .cc file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8629(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"#include &lt;gtkmm/bin.h&gt;\n"
+"#include &lt;gtkmm/stockid.h&gt;\n"
+"_DEFS(gtkmm,gtk)\n"
+"_PINCLUDE(gtkmm/private/bin_p.h)\n"
+"\n"
+"namespace Gtk\n"
+"{\n"
+"\n"
+"class Button : public Bin\n"
+"{\n"
+"  _CLASS_GTKOBJECT(Button,GtkButton,GTK_BUTTON,Gtk::Bin,GtkBin)\n"
+"public:\n"
+"\n"
+"  _CTOR_DEFAULT\n"
+"  explicit Button(const Glib::ustring&amp; label, bool mnemonic = false);\n"
+"  explicit Button(const StockID&amp; stock_id);\n"
+"\n"
+"  _WRAP_METHOD(void set_label(const Glib::ustring&amp; label), gtk_button_set_label)\n"
+"\n"
+"  ...\n"
+"\n"
+"  _WRAP_SIGNAL(void clicked(), \"clicked\")\n"
+"\n"
+"  ...\n"
+"\n"
+"  _WRAP_PROPERTY(\"label\", Glib::ustring)\n"
+"};\n"
+"\n"
+"} // namespace Gtk\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8624(para)
+msgid ""
+"A .hg file will typically include some headers and then declare a class, "
+"using some macros to add API or behaviour to this class. For instance, "
+"gtkmm's <filename>button.hg</filename> looks roughly like this: <placeholder-"
+"1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8664(function)
+msgid "_DEFS()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8665(para)
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the destination directry for generated sources, and the name of "
+"the main .defs file that <command>gmmproc</command> should parse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8668(function)
+msgid "_PINCLUDE()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8669(para)
+msgid ""
+"Tells <command>gmmproc</command> to include a header from the generated "
+"private/button_p.h file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8672(function)
+msgid "_CLASS_GTKOBJECT()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8673(para)
+msgid ""
+"Tells <command>gmmproc</command> to add some typedefs, constructors, and "
+"standard methods to this class, as appropriate when wrapping a GtkObject-"
+"derived type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8676(term)
+msgid ""
+"<function>_WRAP_METHOD()</function>, <function>_WRAP_SIGNAL()</function>, "
+"and <function>_WRAP_PROPERTY()</function>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8679(para)
+msgid "Add methods to wrap parts of the C API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8661(para)
+msgid "The macros in this example do the following: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8686(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"$ cd gtk/src\n"
+"$ /usr/lib/glibmm-2.4/proc/gmmproc -I ../../tools/m4 --defs . button . ./../gtkmm\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8683(para)
+msgid ""
+"The .h and .cc files will be generated from the .hg and .ccg files by "
+"processing them with <command>gmmproc</command> like so, though this happens "
+"automatically when using the above build structure: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8691(para)
+msgid ""
+"Notice that we provided <command>gmmproc</command> with the path to the .m4 "
+"convert files, the path to the .defs file, the name of a .hg file, the "
+"source directory, and the destination directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8694(para)
+msgid ""
+"You should avoid including the C header from your C++ header, to avoid "
+"polluting the global namespace, and to avoid exporting unnecessary public "
+"API. But you will need to include the necessary C headers from your .ccg "
+"file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8699(para)
+msgid "The macros are explained in more detail in the following sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8702(title)
+msgid "m4 Conversions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8709(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_CONVERSION(`GtkTreeView*',`TreeView*',`Glib::wrap($3)')\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8703(para)
+msgid ""
+"The macros that you use in the .hg and .ccg files often need to know how to "
+"convert a C++ type to a C type, or vice-versa. gmmproc takes this "
+"information from an .m4 file in your <literal>tools/m4/</literal> directory. "
+"This allows it to call a C function in the implementation of your C++ "
+"method, passing the appropriate parameters to that C functon. For instance, "
+"this tells gmmproc how to convert a GtkTreeView pointer to a Gtk::TreeView "
+"pointer: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8714(para)
+msgid ""
+"<literal>$3</literal> will be replaced by the parameter name when this "
+"conversion is used by gmmproc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8721(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_CONVERSION(`PrintSettings&amp;',`GtkPrintSettings*',__FR2P)\n"
+"_CONVERSION(`const PrintSettings&amp;',`GtkPrintSettings*',__FCR2P)\n"
+"_CONVERSION(`const Glib::RefPtr&lt;Printer&gt;&amp;',`GtkPrinter*',__CONVERT_REFPTR_TO_P($3))\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8718(para)
+msgid ""
+"Some extra macros make this easier and consistent. Look in gtkmm's .m4 files "
+"for examples. For instance: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8731(title)
+msgid "Class macros"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8732(para)
+msgid ""
+"The class macro declares the class itself and its relationship with the "
+"underlying C type. It generates some internal constructors, the member "
+"<varname>gobject_</varname>, typedefs, the <function>gobj()</function> "
+"accessors, type registration, and the <function>Glib::wrap()</function> "
+"method, among other things."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8737(para)
+msgid ""
+"Other macros, such as <function>_WRAP_METHOD()</function> and "
+"<function>_SIGNAL()</function> may only be used after a call to a "
+"<function>_CLASS_*</function> macro."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8742(title)
+msgid "_CLASS_GOBJECT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8743(para) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8833(para)
+msgid ""
+"This macro declares a wrapper for a type that is derived from "
+"<classname>GObject</classname>, but which is not derived from "
+"<classname>GtkObject</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8746(function)
+msgid ""
+"_CLASS_GOBJECT( C++ class, C class, C casting macro, C++ base class, C base "
+"class )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8748(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_CLASS_GOBJECT(AccelGroup, GtkAccelGroup, GTK_ACCEL_GROUP, Glib::Object, GObject)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8747(para)
+msgid "For instance, from <filename>accelgroup.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8755(title)
+msgid "_CLASS_GTKOBJECT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8756(para)
+msgid ""
+"This macro declares a wrapper for a type that is derived from "
+"<classname>GtkObject</classname>, such as a widget or dialog."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8758(function)
+msgid ""
+"_CLASS_GTKOBJECT( C++ class, C class, C casting macro, C++ base class, C "
+"base class )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8760(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_CLASS_GTKOBJECT(Button, GtkButton, GTK_BUTTON, Gtk::Bin, GtkBin)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8759(para) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9047(para)
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9078(para)
+msgid "For instance, from <filename>button.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8767(title)
+msgid "_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8768(para)
+msgid ""
+"This macro declares a wrapper for a non-<classname>GObject</classname> "
+"struct, registered with <function>g_boxed_type_register_static()</function>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8771(function)
+msgid ""
+"_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE( C++ class, C class, new function, copy function, free "
+"function )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8773(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE(Color, GdkColor, NONE, gdk_color_copy, gdk_color_free)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8772(para)
+msgid "For instance, for <classname>Gdk::Color</classname>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8780(title)
+msgid "_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE_STATIC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8781(para)
+msgid ""
+"This macro declares a wrapper for a simple assignable struct such as "
+"<classname>GdkRectangle</classname>. It is similar to "
+"<function>_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE</function>, but the C struct is not allocated "
+"dynamically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8785(function)
+msgid "_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE_STATIC( C++ class, C class )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8787(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_CLASS_BOXEDTYPE_STATIC(Rectangle, GdkRectangle)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8786(para)
+msgid ""
+"For instance, for <classname>Gdk::Rectangle</classname>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8794(title)
+msgid "_CLASS_OPAQUE_COPYABLE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8795(para)
+msgid ""
+"This macro declares a wrapper for an opaque struct that has copy and free "
+"functions. The new, copy and free functions will be used to instantiate the "
+"default constructor, copy constructor and destructor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8798(function)
+msgid ""
+"_CLASS_OPAQUE_COPYABLE( C++ class, C class, new function, copy function, "
+"free function )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8800(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_CLASS_OPAQUE_COPYABLE(Region, GdkRegion, gdk_region_new, gdk_region_copy, gdk_region_destroy)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8799(para)
+msgid "For instance, for <classname>Gdk::Region</classname>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8807(title)
+msgid "_CLASS_OPAQUE_REFCOUNTED"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8808(para)
+msgid ""
+"This macro declares a wrapper for a reference-counted opaque struct. The C++ "
+"wrapper cannot be directly instantiated and can only be used with "
+"<classname>Glib::RefPtr</classname>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8811(function)
+msgid ""
+"_CLASS_OPAQUE_COPYABLE( C++ class, C class, new function, ref function, "
+"unref function )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8813(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_CLASS_OPAQUE_REFCOUNTED(Coverage, PangoCoverage, pango_coverage_new, pango_coverage_ref, pango_coverage_unref)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8812(para)
+msgid ""
+"For instance, for <classname>Pango::Coverage</classname>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8820(title)
+msgid "_CLASS_GENERIC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8821(para)
+msgid ""
+"This macro can be used to wrap structs which don't fit into any specialized "
+"category."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8823(function)
+msgid "_CLASS_GENERIC( C++ class, C class )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8825(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_CLASS_GENERIC(AttrIter, PangoAttrIterator)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8824(para)
+msgid ""
+"For instance, for <classname>Pango::AttrIter</classname>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8832(title)
+msgid "_CLASS_INTERFACE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8837(function)
+msgid ""
+"_CLASS_INTERFACE( C++ class, C class, C casting macro, C interface struct, "
+"Base C++ class (optional), Base C class (optional) )"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8840(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"  _CLASS_INTERFACE(CellEditable, GtkCellEditable, GTK_CELL_EDITABLE, GtkCellEditableIface)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8838(para)
+msgid ""
+"For instance, from <filename>celleditable.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8847(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"  _CLASS_INTERFACE(LoadableIcon, GLoadableIcon, G_LOADABLE_ICON, GLoadableIconIface, Icon, GIcon)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8844(para)
+msgid ""
+"Two extra parameters are optional, for the case that the interface derives "
+"from another interface, which should be the case when the GInterface has "
+"another GInterface as a prerequisitite. For instance, from "
+"<filename>loadableicon.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8857(title)
+msgid "Constructor macros"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8858(para)
+msgid ""
+"The <function>_CTOR_DEFAULT()</function> and <function>_WRAP_CTOR()</"
+"function> macros add constructors, wrapping the specified <function>*_new()</"
+"function> C functions. These macros assume that the C object has properties "
+"with the same names as the function parameters, as is usually the case, so "
+"that it can supply the parameters directly to a <function>g_object_new()</"
+"function> call. These constructors never actually call the <function>*_new()"
+"</function> C functions, because gtkmm must actually instantiate derived "
+"GTypes, and the <function>*_new()</function> C functions are meant only as "
+"convenience functions for C programmers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8873(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"class ActionGroup : public Glib::Object\n"
+"{\n"
+"  _CLASS_GOBJECT(ActionGroup, GtkActionGroup, GTK_ACTION_GROUP, Glib::Object, GObject)\n"
+"\n"
+"protected:\n"
+"  _WRAP_CTOR(ActionGroup(const Glib::ustring&amp; name = Glib::ustring()), gtk_action_group_new)\n"
+"\n"
+"public:\n"
+"  _WRAP_CREATE(const Glib::ustring&amp; name = Glib::ustring())\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8868(para)
+msgid ""
+"When using <function>_CLASS_GOBJECT()</function>, the constructors should be "
+"protected (rather than public) and each constructor should have a "
+"corresponding <function>_WRAP_CREATE()</function> in the public section. "
+"This prevents the class from being instantiated without using a "
+"<classname>RefPtr</classname>. For instance: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8887(title)
+msgid "_CTOR_DEFAULT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8888(para)
+msgid "This macro creates a default constructor with no arguments."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8893(title)
+msgid "_WRAP_CTOR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8894(para)
+msgid ""
+"This macro creates a constructor with arguments, equivalent to a "
+"<function>*_new()</function> C function. It won't actually call the "
+"<function>*_new()</function> function, but will simply create an equivalent "
+"constructor with the same argument types. It takes a C++ constructor "
+"signature, and a C function name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8903(title)
+msgid "Hand-coding constructors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8912(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Button::Button(const Glib::ustring&amp; label, bool mnemonic)\n"
+":\n"
+"  _CONSTRUCT(\"label\", label.c_str(), \"use_underline\", gboolean(mnemonic))\n"
+"{}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8904(para)
+msgid ""
+"When a constructor must be partly hand written because, for instance, the "
+"<function>*_new()</function> C function's parameters do not correspond "
+"directly to object properties, or because the <function>*_new()</function> C "
+"function does more than call <function>g_object_new()</function>, the "
+"<function>_CONSTRUCT()</function> macro may be used in the .ccg file to save "
+"some work. The <function>_CONSTRUCT</function> macro takes a series of "
+"property names and values. For instance, from <filename>button.ccg</"
+"filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8924(title)
+msgid "Method macros"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8927(title)
+msgid "_WRAP_METHOD"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8928(para)
+msgid "This macro generates the C++ method to wrap a C function."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8929(function)
+msgid "_WRAP_METHOD( C++ method signature, C function name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8931(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_WRAP_METHOD(void set_text(const Glib::ustring&amp; text), gtk_entry_set_text)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8930(para)
+msgid "For instance, from <filename>entry.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8935(para)
+msgid ""
+"The C function (e.g. <function>gtk_entry_set_text</function>) is described "
+"more fully in the .defs file, and the <filename>convert*.m4</filename> files "
+"contain the necessary conversion from the C++ parameter type to the C "
+"parameter type. This macro also generates doxygen documentation comments "
+"based on the <filename>*_docs.xml</filename> and <filename>*_docs_override."
+"xml</filename> files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8944(term)
+msgid "refreturn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8946(para)
+msgid ""
+"Do an extra reference() on the return value, in case the C function does not "
+"provide a reference."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8951(term)
+msgid "errthrow"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8953(para)
+msgid "Use the last GError* parameter of the C function to throw an exception."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8958(term)
+msgid "deprecated"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8960(para)
+msgid ""
+"Puts the generated code in #ifdef blocks. Text about the deprecation can be "
+"specified as an optional parameter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8966(term)
+msgid "constversion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8968(para)
+msgid ""
+"Just call the non-const version of the same function, instead of generating "
+"almost duplicate code."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8941(para) C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9055(para)
+msgid "There are some optional extra arguments: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8976(para)
+msgid ""
+"Objects used via <classname>RefPtr</classname>: Pass the <classname>RefPtr</"
+"classname> as a const reference. For instance, <code>const Glib::RefPtr&lt;"
+"Gtk::Action&gt;&amp; action</code>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8980(para)
+msgid ""
+"Const Objects used via <classname>RefPtr</classname>: If the object should "
+"not be changed by the function, then make sure that the object is const, "
+"even if the <classname>RefPtr</classname> is already const. For instance, "
+"<code>const Glib::RefPtr&lt;const Gtk::Action&gt;&amp; action</code>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8985(para)
+msgid ""
+"Wrapping <classname>GList*</classname> and <classname>GSList*</classname> "
+"parameters: First, you need to discover what objects are contained in the "
+"list's data field for each item, usually by reading the documentation for "
+"the C function. The list can then be wrapped by an appropriate intermediate "
+"type, such as <classname>Glib::ListHandle</classname> or <classname>Glib::"
+"SListHandle</classname>. These are templates, so you can specify the item "
+"type. For instance, <code>Glib::ListHandle&lt; Glib::RefPtr&lt;Action&gt; "
+"&gt;</code>. Existing typedefs exist for some common list types. You may "
+"need to define a Traits type to specify how the C and C++ types should be "
+"converted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9004(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "#m4 _CONVERSION(`GSList*', `Glib::SListHandle&lt;Widget*&gt;', `$2($3, Glib::OWNERSHIP_NONE)')"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8996(para)
+msgid ""
+"Wrapping <classname>GList*</classname> and <classname>GSList*</classname> "
+"return types: You must discover whether the caller should free the list and "
+"whether it should release the items in the list, again by reading the "
+"documentation of the C function. With this information you can choose the "
+"ownership (none, shallow or deep) for the m4 conversion rule, which you "
+"should probably put directly into the .hg file because the ownership depends "
+"on the function rather than the type. For instance: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:8974(para)
+msgid ""
+"Though it's usually obvious what C++ types should be used in the C++ method, "
+"here are some hints: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9010(title)
+msgid "_WRAP_METHOD_DOCS_ONLY"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9011(para)
+msgid ""
+"This macro is like <function>_WRAP_METHOD()</function>, but it generates "
+"only the documentation for a C++ method that wraps a C function. Use this "
+"when you must hand-code the method, but you want to use the documentation "
+"that would be generated if the method was generated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9015(function)
+msgid "_WRAP_METHOD_DOCS_ONLY(C function name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9017(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_WRAP_METHOD_DOCS_ONLY(gtk_container_remove)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9016(para)
+msgid "For instance, from <filename>container.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9024(title)
+msgid "_IGNORE()"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9025(para)
+msgid ""
+"<command>gmmproc</command> will warn you on stdout about functions that you "
+"have forgotten to wrap, helping to ensure that you are wrapping the complete "
+"API. Buf if you don't want to wrap some functions or if you chose to hand-"
+"code some methods then you can use the _IGNORE() macro the make "
+"<command>gmmproc</command> stop complaining."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9030(function)
+msgid "_IGNORE(C function name 1, C function name2, etc)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9032(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_IGNORE(gtk_button_box_set_spacing, gtk_button_box_get_spacing,\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9031(para)
+msgid "For instance, from <filename>buttonbox.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9039(title)
+msgid "_WRAP_SIGNAL"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9040(para)
+msgid ""
+"This macro generates the C++ libsigc++-style signal to wrap a C GObject "
+"signal. It actually generates a public accessor method, such as "
+"<function>signal_clicked()</function>, which returns a proxy object. "
+"<command>gmmproc</command> uses the .defs file to discover the C parameter "
+"types and the .m4 convert files to discover appropriate type conversions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9046(function)
+msgid "_WRAP_SIGNAL( C++ signal handler signature, C signal name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9048(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_WRAP_SIGNAL(void clicked(),\"clicked\")\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9052(para)
+msgid ""
+"Signals usually have function pointers in the GTK struct, with a "
+"corresponding enum value. and a <function>g_signal_new()</function> in the ."
+"c file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9058(term)
+msgid "no_default_handler"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9060(para)
+msgid ""
+"Do not generate an <function>on_something()</function> virtual method to "
+"allow easy overriding of the default signal handler. Use this when adding a "
+"signal with a default signal handler would break the ABI by increasing the "
+"size of the class's virtual function table."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9072(title)
+msgid "_WRAP_PROPERTY"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9073(para)
+msgid ""
+"This macro generates the C++ method to wrap a C GObject property. You must "
+"specify the property name and the wanted C++ type for the property. "
+"<command>gmmproc</command> uses the .defs file to discover the C type and "
+"the .m4 convert files to discover appropriate type conversions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9077(function)
+msgid "_WRAP_PROPERTY(C property name, C++ type)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9079(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_WRAP_PROPERTY(\"label\", Glib::ustring)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9088(title)
+msgid "Other macros"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9090(title)
+msgid "_WRAP_ENUM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9091(para)
+msgid ""
+"This macro generates a C++ enum to wrap a C enum. You must specify the "
+"desired C++ name and the name of the underlying C enum."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9094(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_WRAP_ENUM(WindowType, GdkWindowType)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9093(para)
+msgid "For instance, from <filename>widget.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9098(para)
+msgid ""
+"If the enum is not a <classname>GType</classname>, you must pass a third "
+"parameter NO_GTYPE. This is the case when there is no <function>*_get_type()"
+"</function> function for the C enum, but be careful that you don't just need "
+"to include an extra header for that function. You should also file a bug "
+"against the C API, because all enums should be regeistered as GTypes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9103(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_WRAP_ENUM(IconLookupFlags, GtkIconLookupFlags)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9102(para)
+msgid "For example: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9110(title)
+msgid "_WRAP_GERROR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9111(para)
+msgid ""
+"This macro generates a C++ exception class, derived from Glib::Error, with a "
+"Code enum and a code() method. You must specify the desired C++ name, the "
+"name of the corresponding C enum, and the prefix for the C enum values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9114(para)
+msgid ""
+"This exception can then be thrown by methods which are generated from "
+"_WRAP_METHOD() with the errthrow option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9116(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_WRAP_GERROR(PixbufError, GdkPixbufError, GDK_PIXBUF_ERROR)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9115(para)
+msgid "For instance, from <filename>pixbuf.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9123(title)
+msgid "_MEMBER_GET / _MEMBER_SET"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9124(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use these macro if you're wrapping a simple struct or boxed type that "
+"provides direct access to its data members, to create getters and setters "
+"for the data members."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9128(function)
+msgid "_MEMBER_GET(C++ name, C name, C++ type, C type)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9129(function)
+msgid "_MEMBER_SET(C++ name, C name, C++ type, C type)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9132(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "_MEMBER_GET(x, x, int, int)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9130(para)
+msgid "For example, in <filename>rectangle.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9136(title)
+msgid "_MEMBER_GET_PTR / _MEMBER_SET_PTR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9137(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use these macros to automatically provide getters and setters for a data "
+"member that is a pointer type. For the getter function, it will create two "
+"methods, one const and one non-const."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9142(function)
+msgid "_MEMBER_GET_PTR(C++ name, C name, C++ type, C type)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9143(function)
+msgid "_MEMBER_SET_PTR(C++ name, C name, C++ type, C type)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9145(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_MEMBER_GET_PTR(vbox, vbox, VBox*, GtkWidget*)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9144(para)
+msgid "For example, in <filename>dialog.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9151(title)
+msgid "_MEMBER_GET_GOBJECT / _MEMBER_SET_GOBJECT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9152(para)
+msgid ""
+"Use this macro to provide getters and setters for a data member that is a "
+"<classname>GObject</classname> type that must be referenced before being "
+"returned."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9157(function)
+msgid "_MEMBER_GET_GOBJECT(C++ name, C name, C++ type, C type)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9158(function)
+msgid "_MEMBER_SET_GOBJECT(C++ name, C name, C++ type, C type)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9160(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"_MEMBER_GET_GOBJECT(offscreen_pixmap, offscreen_pixmap, Gdk::Pixmap, GdkPixmap*)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9159(para)
+msgid "For example, in <filename>progress.hg</filename>: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9167(title)
+msgid "Basic Types"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9168(para)
+msgid ""
+"Some of the basic types that are used in C APIs have better alternatives in C"
+"++. For example, there's no need for a <type>gboolean</type> type since C++ "
+"has <type>bool</type>. The following list shows some commonly-used types in "
+"C APIs and what you might convert them to in a C++ wrapper library."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9173(title)
+msgid "Basic Type equivalents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9175(segtitle)
+msgid "C type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9176(segtitle)
+msgid "C++ type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9177(type)
+msgid "gboolean"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9177(type)
+msgid "bool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9178(type)
+msgid "gint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9178(type)
+msgid "int"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9179(type)
+msgid "guint"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9180(type)
+msgid "gdouble"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9180(type)
+msgid "double"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9181(type)
+msgid "gunichar"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9182(type)
+msgid "gchar*"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9182(classname)
+msgid "std::string"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9182(seg)
+msgid "<placeholder-1/> (or <placeholder-2/> for filenames)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9189(title)
+msgid "Hand-coded source files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9190(para)
+msgid ""
+"You might want to include additional source files that will not be generated "
+"by <command>gmmproc</command> from <filename>.hg</filename> and <filename>."
+"ccg</filename> files. You can simply place these in your "
+"<filename>libsomething/libsomethingmm</filename> directory and mention them "
+"in the <filename>Makefile.am</filename> in the <varname>files_extra_h</"
+"varname> and <varname>files_extra_cc</varname> variables."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9200(title)
+msgid "Initialization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9209(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"void init()\n"
+"{\n"
+"  Gtk::Main::init_gtkmm_internals(); //Sets up the g type system and the Glib::wrap() table.\n"
+"  wrap_init(); //Tells the Glib::wrap() table about the libsomethingmm classes.\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9201(para)
+msgid ""
+"Your library must be initialized before it can be used, to register the new "
+"types that it makes available. Also, the C library that you are wrapping "
+"might have its own initialization function that you should call. You can do "
+"this in an <function>init()</function> function that you can place in hand-"
+"coded <filename>init.h</filename> and <filename>init.cc</filename> files. "
+"This function should initialize your dependencies (such as the C function, "
+"and <application>gtkmm</application>) and call your generated "
+"<function>wrap_init()</function> function. For instance: <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9217(para)
+msgid ""
+"The implementation of the <function>wrap_init()</function> method in "
+"<filename>wrap_init.cc</filename> is generated by "
+"<filename>generate_wrap_init.pl</filename>, but the declaration in "
+"<filename>wrap_init.h</filename> is hand-coded, so you will need to adjust "
+"<filename>wrap_init.h</filename> so that the <function>init()</function> "
+"function appears in the correct C++ namespace."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9226(title)
+msgid "Problems in the C API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9227(para)
+msgid ""
+"You are likely to encounter some problems in the library that you are "
+"wrapping, particularly if it is a new project. Here are some common "
+"problems, with solutions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9229(title)
+msgid "Unable to predeclare structs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9231(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"typedef struct _ExampleWidget ExampleWidget;\n"
+"\n"
+"struct _ExampleWidget\n"
+"{\n"
+"  ...\n"
+"};\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9230(para)
+msgid ""
+"By convention, structs are declared in glib/GTK+-style headers like so: "
+"<placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9240(para)
+msgid ""
+"The extra typedef allows the struct to be used in a header without including "
+"its full defintion, simply by predeclaring it, by repeating that typedef. "
+"This means that you don't have to include the C library's header in your C++ "
+"header, thus keeping it out of your public API. <command>gmmproc</command> "
+"assumes that this technique was used, so you will see compiler errors if "
+"that is not the case."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9243(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"example-widget.h:56: error: using typedef-name 'ExampleWidget' after 'struct'\n"
+"../../libexample/libexamplemm/example-widget.h:34: error: 'ExampleWidget' has a previous declaration here\n"
+"make[4]: *** [example-widget.lo] Error 1\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9249(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"example-widget.h:60: error: '_ExampleWidget ExampleWidget' redeclared as different kind of symbol\n"
+"../../libexample/libexamplemm/example-widget.h:34: error: previous declaration of 'typedef struct _ExampleWidget ExampleWidget'\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9241(para)
+msgid ""
+"This compiler error might look like this: <placeholder-1/> or this: "
+"<placeholder-2/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9254(para)
+msgid ""
+"This is easy to correct in the C library, so do send a patch to the relevant "
+"maintainer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9258(title)
+msgid "Lack of properties"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9265(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"GtkWidget* example_widget_new(int something, const char* thing)\n"
+"{\n"
+"        return g_object_new (EXAMPLE_TYPE_WIDGET, \"something\", something, \"thing\", thing, NULL);\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9259(para)
+msgid ""
+"By convention, glib/GTK+-style objects have <function>*_new()</function> "
+"functions, such as <function>example_widget_new()</function> that do nothing "
+"more than call <function>g_object_new()</function> and return the result. "
+"The input parameters are supplied to <function>g_object_new()</function> "
+"along with the names of the properties for which they are values. For "
+"instance, <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9272(para)
+msgid ""
+"This allows language bindings to implement their own equivalents (such as C+"
+"+ constructors), without using the <function>*_new()</function> function. "
+"This is often necessary so that they can actually instantiate a derived "
+"GType, to add their own hooks for signal handlers and vfuncs."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9276(para)
+msgid ""
+"At the least, the <function>_new()</function> function should not use any "
+"private API (functions that are only in a .c file). Even when there are no "
+"functions, we can sometimes reimplement 2 or 3 lines of code in a "
+"<function>_new()</function> function as long as those lines of code use API "
+"that is available to us."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9284(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"GtkWidget* example_widget_new(int something, const char* thing)\n"
+"{\n"
+"        ExampleWidget* widget;\n"
+"        widget = g_object_new (EXAMPLE_TYPE_WIDGET, NULL);\n"
+"        example_widget_construct(widget, \"something\", something, \"thing\", thing);\n"
+"}\n"
+"\n"
+"void example_widget_construct(ExampleWidget* widget, int something, const char* thing)\n"
+"{\n"
+"        //Do stuff that uses private API:\n"
+"        widget-&gt;priv-&gt;thing = thing;\n"
+"        do_something(something);\n"
+"}\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9281(para)
+msgid ""
+"Another workaround is to add a <function>*_construct()</function> function "
+"that the C++ constructor can call after instantiating its own type. For "
+"instance, <placeholder-1/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9300(para)
+msgid ""
+"Adding properties, and ensuring that they interact properly with each other, "
+"is relatively difficult to correct in the C library, but it is possible, so "
+"do file a bug and try to send a patch to the relevant maintainer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9308(title)
+msgid "Documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9309(para)
+msgid ""
+"In general, gtkmm-style projects use Doxygen, which reads specially "
+"formatted C++ comments and generates HTML documentation. You may write these "
+"doxygen comments directly in the header files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9312(title)
+msgid "Reusing C documentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9313(para)
+msgid ""
+"You might wish to reuse documentation that exists for the C library that you "
+"are wrapping. GTK-style C libraries typically use gtk-doc and therefore have "
+"source code comments formatted for gtk-doc and some extra documentation in ."
+"tmpl files. The docextract_to_xml.py script, from pygobject's codegen "
+"directory, can read these files and generate an .xml file that "
+"<command>gmmproc</command> can use to generate doxygen comments. "
+"<command>gmmproc</command> will even try to transform the documentation to "
+"make it more appropriate for a C++ API."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9316(programlisting)
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "./docextract_to_xml.py -s /gnome/head/cvs/gtk+/gtk/ -s /gnome/head/cvs/gtk+/docs/reference/gtk/tmpl/ &gt; gtk_docs.xml\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9319(para)
+msgid ""
+"Because this automatic transformation is not always appropriate, you might "
+"want to provide hand-written text for a particular method. You can do this "
+"by copying the XML node for the function from your <filename>something_docs."
+"xml</filename> file to the <filename>something_docs_override.xml</filename> "
+"file and changing the contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9328(title)
+msgid "Documentation build structure"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:9329(para)
+msgid ""
+"If you copied the skeleton source tree in mm-common and substituted the "
+"placeholder text, then you will already have suitable <filename>Makefile.am</"
+"filename> and <filename>Doxyfile.in</filename> files. With the mm-common "
+"build setup, the list of Doxygen input files is not defined in the Doxygen "
+"configuration file, but passed along from <command>make</command> to the "
+"standard input of <command>doxygen</command>. The input file list is defined "
+"by the <varname>doc_input</varname> variable in the <filename>Makefile.am</"
+"filename> file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+#: C/gtkmm-tutorial-in.xml:0(None)
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""